Home

Mazda MAZDA3 4-Door Owner's Manual

Contents

1. In Dash CD Changer Power Volume Sound Controls ccccccesccsesseeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeceseeseecseeeseeeeseeeeeeeens page 6 28 Operating the Radios sssr er e i E i aie page 6 32 Operating the Satellite Radio sesesneseeseesessesessesesseseesesseseesessesesresresessesessesessessesess page 6 34 Operating the Compact Disc CD Player cccceccesceeseeseeseceseeeseeseeeenseeeenneeaenes page 6 46 Operating the In Dash CD Changer 0 ccccecceseseeseceeeeseeeeeeseceeeseeseenaeeseeneeeaenes page 6 50 Operating the Auxiliary Jack cccccceeseeseeeeseceeeeseeeeeesecseeeseeseeeaeeeeeaeseenseerenaes page 6 54 Error Indications ssn tad uecezieees aes aes page 6 55 6 27 Interior Comfort Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls FM 1 2 AM SAT J AUX LOAD ME V DISC CAT A vV FOLDER A SEEK TRACK SEEK TRACKY REPLAY DISP E60 Power Volume dial Power ON OFF Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust
2. When towing with the rear wheels on the ground release the parking brake In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A CAUTION Do not tow the vehicle pointed backward with driving wheels on the ground This may cause internal damage to the transaxle A CAUTION Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage your vehicle Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment 7 23 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Tiedown Hook A CAUTION Do not use the front and rear tiedown eyelets for towing the vehicle They have been designed only for securing the vehicle to a transport vessel during shipping Using the eyelets for any other purpose could result in the vehicle being damaged YV Tiedown Hook Front Type A 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug wrench from the trunk page 7 3 2 Wrap the lug wrench with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the bumper and open the cap located on the front bumper A CAUTION The cap cannot be completely removed Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper surface 7 24 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench Lug wrench 4 Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet i O SE gt If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying down the vehicle Make sure that the tiedown eyelet i
3. No LyPe Type Wiper operation A B M MIST Single wipe cycle mist INT Intermittent LO Low speed HI High speed oO 0O Wiper operation A MIST Single wipe cycle mist AUTO AUTO Auto control LO Low speed HI High speed OFF Variable speed intermittent wipers Set the lever to the intermittent position and choose the interval timing by rotating the ring INT ring AUTO Auto wiper control When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wipers on or off automatically off intermittent low speed high speed Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever From the center position normal rotate the switch downward for higher sensitivity faster response or rotate it upward for less sensitivity slower response Higher sensitivity Switch ae A Center of v eye a s position lA Z Less sensitivity CAUTION gt Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly Rain sensor 5 67 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the
4. ALC LEWEL AudioPilot 2 Bose Sound System equipped model AudioPilot 2 automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality in accordance with the level of noise entering the vehicle interior while driving When AudioPilot 2 is turned on the system automatically calculates the conditions for optimum hearing of sound which may be difficult to hear depending on exterior noise AudioPilot 2 is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation Centerpoint Bose Sound System equipped model Centerpoint offers you the experience of 5 1 channel surround sound in your vehicle even with your conventional 2 channel stereo CDs Centerpoint can be set on or off NOTE Centerpoint operates optimally with a 2 channel stereo CD MP3 audio files can be played however MP3 audio files encoded with high compression may result in poor sound quality e Centerpoint is available for 2 channel stereo audio except for AM radio FM radio SIRIUS digital satellite radio AUX BT audio Centerpoint is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation BEEP setting The beep sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off ILLM EFT setting Illumination setting during operation The audio system illumination during operation can be set on or off Interior Comfort Audio System Welcome mode Sound is heard when the ignition is switched ON BT SETUP mode Music and oth
5. 00 Winter Driving ceceeeeseeseereeees 11 7
6. 7 Say Beep Pair 8 Prompt Start the pairing process on your Bluetooth device Your pairing code is 0000 XXXX Input this on your Bluetooth device when prompted on the device See device manual for instructions 9 Using the device perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 10 Select Mazda from the device list searched by the device 11 Input the 4 digit pairing code to the device 12 Prompt Please say the name of the device after the beep 13 Say Beep XXXX Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device Example Stan s device NOTE Speak a programmed device tag within 10 seconds If more than two devices are to be programmed they cannot be programmed with the same or similar device tag 6 77 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 14 Prompt XXXXXxX Ex Stan s device Device tag Is this correct 15 Say Beep Yes 16 Prompt Pairing complete After a device is registered the system automatically identifies the device By activating Bluetooth Hands Free again or by activating Bluetooth Hands Free first after switching the ignition from OFF to ACC the system reads out a voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Stan s device Device tag is connected NOTE e Device registration c
7. P Seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors Even with the front passenger seat weight sensors if you must use the front passenger seat to seat a child using a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child gt The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a child in the child restraint system gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories which might increase the total seated we
8. c ecceeseeseeeseeteeees 5 20 Fluide reao ena 8 24 Power steering malfunction indicator light oe na aa ea 5 20 Power Windows sser 3 44 Push Starting cccceceeseeseeeeeeeeeees 7 22 R Rear Coat Hooks ee eeeeeeneeees 6 112 Rear Door Child Safety Locks 3 37 Rear S atieciinccaesiccesiielalieieiesd 2 7 Rear Window Defroster 05 5 70 Rear Window Washer 00 5 69 Rear Window Wiper cceceee 5 69 Rearview Mirror seeen 3 65 Recreational Towing eeeee 7 26 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign COUNTY seors tes estei riteni Taie Ra 9 18 Rocking the Vehicle seeeeeeeeeeeeeee 4 9 S Safety Defects Reporting 9 42 Seat Belt System 3 point type oo eeeecesceeceeteeteeteees 2 18 Automatic locking e 2 17 Belt reminder 0 0 0 eee eeeeeeeees 2 24 Emergency locking 0 2 16 Extender piisi innat 2 23 Pregnant women eeeeeeeeee 2 16 Pretensioner and load limiting 2 20 Seat belt precautions 0 2 14 Warning light beep e 2 24 S Seats Front seat Electrically operated seats 2 4 Front seat Manually operated seats 2 2 Rear S at 2s ccc s c0geeieesenieee 2 7 Seat Warmer cccceceseeeesseeeeees 2 12 Security System Immobilizer system with advanced key 3 53 Immobilizer system without advanced key 3 57 Theft dete
9. 8 15 Scheduled nseto aiian 8 3 Manual Transaxle Operation 5 11 Recommendations for shifting 5 12 Map Lights seeeeeeeeeereesn 6 95 Index M Meters and Gauges esceseereeees 5 36 Mirror Defroster c cecceseeeeeeeees 5 70 Mirrors Outside MIITOLS 0 0 eee 3 64 Rearview Mirror eceeeeeees 3 65 Money Saving Suggestions 4 7 Moonroof esccescesceeseeseeneeeseenseeaes 3 50 Multi Information Display 6 98 Audio Display ceeeeee 6 101 Clock enan eek Ds 6 100 Maintenance Monitor 6 103 Multi Information Display F nctiotSa senised eie 6 99 Outside Temperature Display 6 100 Settin GS scsecsdeeceecvecdessvsecestesets 6 107 Trip Computer eee 6 101 Warning Indicator 6 107 O Odometer and Trip Meter 5 37 Outside Mirrors ecceeceeseeseeeeeees 3 64 Outside Temperature Display 6 97 Overhead Console c ccceecees 6 110 Overhead Lights cceeeeseeseereeees 6 95 Overheating 00 0 ecceeeseseeseeseeeeeeees 7 15 Overloading ceceeeeseseeteeteeeteeees 4 12 P Paint Damage cccecceeseeseeseeeeeees 8 60 Parking Brake 0 ccceeeseeseeteeeeees 5 7 Parking in an Emergency 06 7 2 Personalization Features 10 12 Power Door Locks ccceceeteeteeees 3 34 11 5 Index P Power Steering
10. X Say the number of the device to be edited 9 Prompt New name please 10 Say Beep XXXXX Ex device C Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device 11 Prompt XXXXX Ex device C Device tag is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 13 Prompt New name saved returning to main menu V Security Setting If a passcode is set the system cannot be activated unless the passcode is input NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Passcode setting 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is disabled Would you like to enable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Please say a 4 digit passcode Remember this passcode It will be required to use this system 8 Say Beep XXXX Say a desired 4 digit passcode PCode 9 Prompt Passcode XXXX Passcode PCode Is this correct Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Passcode is enabled returning to main menu Using Bluetooth Hands Free with a passcode 1 Press the pi
11. ccccccccsscscssssesesseseeseseeseseees page 5 37 3 WACHOMGlER aaee e Sean eee en ee eee page 5 38 4 Fuel Gate 6 2 sesccczsvect O A EA page 5 38 Boost Gauge 2 3 liter turbocharged engine ccceceesessessesceseeseeseeseeseeeeeeens page 5 39 Dashboard Illumination 0 0 cccceceesesseescsseseeseeseeseeceeeesecseesecsecseesecseeseeeeneseeeseeas page 5 40 NOTE Black out meter When the ignition is switched ON the dashboard gauges illuminate 5 36 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle V Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector The display mode can be changed between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the selector while one of them is displayed The selected mode will be displayed Trip meter selector Odometer Trip meter pad TRIP mr tt Lit Odometer Trip meter A Press the selector Ala oo Trip meter B Odometer Press the selector NOTE When the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off the odometer or trip meters cannot be displayed however pressing the selector button can inadvertently switch the trip meters or reset them during an approximate ten minute period in the following cases e After the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off from ON e After the driver s door is opened Odometer The od
12. NOTE If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 215 215 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 65 65 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width R R is the tire construction symbol R indicates Radial ply construction 15 15 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 95 95 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support 9 24 Customer Information Tire Information U S A H H is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating 99 mph 106 mph 112 mph 118 mph 124 mph 130 mph 149 mph 168 mph 186 mph lt lt i a Cc Ha a zlo For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR M S or M S Mud and Snow AT All Terrain AS All Season The M S or M S indicates that the tire
13. Some models V Cooling With Air Conditioner l Set the mode selector dial to the position Set the temperature control dial to the cold position Set the fan control dial to the desired speed Turn on the air conditioner by pressing the A C switch Adjust the fan control dial and temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort A CAUTION If the air conditioner is used while driving up long hills or in heavy traffic monitor the engine coolant temperature warning light to see if it is illuminated or flashing page 5 46 The air conditioner may cause engine overheating If the warning light is illuminated or flashing turn the air conditioning off page 7 15 NOTE When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control dial to the extreme cold position and set the air intake selector to the recirculated air mode then set the fan control dial to position 4 If warmer air is desired at floor level set the mode selector dial at the 4 position and adjust the temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort The air to the floor is warmer than air to the face except when the temperature control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold position V Ventilation 1 Set the mode selector dial to the position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to
14. is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly DISC RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the display button DISP is pressed during playback Music CD ira Track number Elapsed time Track number Track name Album name Artist name 6 48 MP3 WMA CD File number Elapsed time Folder number File number File name DISP Folder name Album name ID3 Tag Song name ID3 Tag Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD The system can only display one byte alphabetic characters If two byte or other types of characters have been recorded to the CD they may not display correctly Display scroll Only 8 characters File name or 12 characters Except file name can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next 12 characters Press the text button TEXT again after the
15. Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE A beep sound can be heard for confirmation when the doors are unlocked using the advanced keyless transmitter If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off The volume of the beep sound can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 The system can be set to unlock all doors by performing a single operation Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 61 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door or the liftgate trunk lid is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the key slot
16. Because tire rotation can only be set according to distance the screen for setting distance is displayed when SET is selected 6 Select DISTANCE or DAYS and press the Enter up down switch The screen for setting the distance or days to the next maintenance period is displayed 7O F 14 HAAN SERVICE DUE DISTANCE DAYS 6 103 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 7 Select a digit using the Right switch Left switch and press the Enter up down switch up or down to change the value of the digit If there is no need to change a digit leave it as it is and press the Enter up down switch 78 F 16 48 an SERVICE DUE SET DISTANCE A lt 88888 miles gt 78 F 16 66pr SERVICE DUE SETDAYS A a lt 1B0DAKS gt NOTE The initial setting values are displayed corresponding to the maintenance schedule except Puerto Rico For each regional maintenance schedule Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 8 3 Message display When the remaining days or the distance approaches 0 a message is displayed for 5 seconds each time the ignition is switched to ACC or ON 78 F 14 HAAN MAINTENANCE SERVICE DUE CLEAR THIS MESSAGE PLEASE PUSH ENTER 6 104 NOTE e Ifthe Enter up down switch is pressed while a message is displayed it will no longer be displayed the next time the engine is started e After the vehicle is serviced and the remaining days distance is reset the message for the
17. Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle Adjusting the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while the vehicle is stopped Interior Comfort Audio System CAUTION gt Close the lid when the auxiliary jack is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from penetrating the auxiliary jack gt Depending on the portable audio device noise may occur when using the device with it connected to the accessory socket equipped on the vehicle If noise occurs do not use the accessory socket NOTE Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for the product being connected e Use acommercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug for connecting the portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for connecting a portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling e Noise may occur depending on the product connected to the auxiliary jack With regard to connecting a portable audio or similar device to a power source use the battery for the devic
18. M3 or M2 M1 10 km h 6 mph NOTE The gear does not shift down to M1 automatically while in the second gear fixed mode If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speeds or lower the gears shift down automatically Vehicle speed Gear 2 0 liter engine 2 5 liter engine model model 199 km h 183 km h MSM 193 mph 113 mph M4 M3146 km h 90 mph 126 km h 78 mph M3 M2 54 km h 33 mph 51 km h 31 mph Recommendations for shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration and cruising we recommend these shift points Gear Vehicle speed MI to M2 24 km h 15 mph M2 to M3 40 km h 25 mph M3 to M4 65 km h 40 mph M4 to M5 73 km h 45 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Y Driving Tips A WARNING Do not allow the vehicle to move in reverse on an up slope while the selector lever is in a forward gear position or move forward on a down slope while the selector lever is in the reverse position Otherwise the engine will stop causing the loss of the power brake and power steering functions and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident Passing For extra power when pass
19. Recirculated air mode indicator light illuminated Outside air is shut off Air within the vehicle is recirculated This mode can be used when driving on a dusty road or in similar conditions It also helps to provide quicker cooling of the interior Some models 6 7 Interior Comfort Climate Control System A WARNING Do not use the recirculated air mode in cold or rainy weather Using the recirculated air mode in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident V Heating 1 Set the mode selector dial to the w position Set the temperature control dial to the hot position Set the fan control dial to the desired speed NOTE 6 8 If the windshield fogs up easily set the mode selector dial to the 4 position If cooler air is desired at face level set the mode selector dial at the 74 position and adjust the temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort The air to the floor is warmer than air to the face except when the temperature control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold position In the or YY position the air conditioner is automatically turned on however the indicator light does not illuminate and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the or YY position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode
20. Seat Belt Precautions Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden stops Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap shoulder belts out of the way when not in use The driver s seat belt has no provisions for child restraint systems and has only an emergency locking mode The driver may wear it comfortably and it will lock during a collision However the front passenger s seat and all rear lap shoulder belt retractors operate in two modes emergency locking mode and for child restraint systems automatic locking mode While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats if you must use the front passenger seat for a child slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any child restraint system is secured properly 2 14 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous During a collision occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle They could be seriously injured or even killed In the same collision occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer Do not wear twisted seat belts Twisted seat belts are dangerous In a collision the full width of the belt is
21. 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time Refer to Seat Belt Warning Light Beep on page 5 47 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the ignition key reminder Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 VY Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the push button start is pressed to ACC the Push Button Start Not in OFF Warning Beep page 3 22 overrides the lights on reminder A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the lights on reminder Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 5 57 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep x The warning beep sound will be heard for about 3 seconds when there is any abnormality in tire inflation pressures page 5 30 V Advanced Keyless Warning Warning indicators for the advanced key such as the advanced key removed from vehicle warning use a beep sound and warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster Refer to Warning and Beep Soun
22. 2 209 Ibs Rear 845 kg 1 863 Ibs 849 kg 1 872 Ibs 10 7 Specifications 5 Door 2 0 liter engine Canada Item Weight Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 764 kg 3 889 Ibs 1 788 kg 3 942 Ibs 10 8 f 3 Front 931 kg 2 052 lbs 964 kg 2 125 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 833 kg 1 836 lbs 824 kg 1 817 lbs 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Item Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 922 kg 4 237 Ibs P i Front 1 062 kg 2 341 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 860 kg 1 896 Ibs 2 5 liter engine Weight Item Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 837 kg 4 050 Ibs 1 863 kg 4 107 Ibs Front 977 kg 2 154 Ib 1 006 kg 2 218 lb GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating utes g 2 s gt g 2 s Rear 860 kg 1 896 lbs 857 kg 1 889 Ibs Mexico 4 Door 2 0 liter engine Weight Item Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle Total 1 765 kg 3 891 Ibs 1 795 kg 3 957 Ibs GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Front 930 kg 2 050 lbs 965 kg 2 127 Ibs Rear 835 kg 1 841 Ibs 830 kg 1 830 Ibs 27 Front 930 kg 2 050 Ibs 965 kg 2 127 Ibs GAW Permissible axle load Rear 840 kg 1 852 lbs 835 kg 1 841 Ibs 2 5 liter engine Weight Item Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle Total 1
23. AFS function and illuminates the indicator light AFS OFF The following conditions could indicate that the system is malfunctioning If one of the following conditions occurs consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer e The AFS OFF indicator light does not illuminate even though the ignition is switched ON e The AFS OFF indicator light flashes continuously NOTE Even if the AFS is not operating due to some malfunction the normal headlight function is still operable AFS OFF switch Pressing the AFS OFF switch turns off the AFS Some models 5 63 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Pressing the AFS OFF switch again turns off the AFS OFF indicator light and turns on the AFS Y Daytime Running Lights Canada In Canada vehicles must be driven with the headlights on during daytime operation For that reason the daytime running lights automatically turn on when the ignition is switched ON NOTE The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the parking brake is applied 5 64 Turn and Lane Change Signals Turn Signals Move the signal lever down for a left turn or up for a right turn to the stop position The signal will self cancel after the turn is completed If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to its original position Right turn t Right lane change Left lane change t Left turn Green indicators on the dashboard show
24. Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train body and chassis Y WIRING DIAGRAM Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical system VOWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle This is not a technician s manual V SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda 9 44 Customer Information Service Publications YV NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation system This is not a technician s manual 9 45 9 46 Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Identification Numbers ssssscssssssssscscsscscscesesscsssssscssesscessees 10 2 Vehicle Information Labels 00 00cccccccccccccessceesssecesseeeeseeeeees 10 2 Specifications scccccsccssssscsserscsssssssscssssseesssssesssssesssssssesees 10 4 Specifications eles Bese A T 10 4 Personalization Features scccsssssssssssccscccsssccssssssssssssecsesees 10 12 Personalization Features ccccccccsscccesscecesssecesssecessseeesssees 10 12 10 1 Identification Numbers Vehicle Information Labels V Vehicle Identification Number The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located
25. Edits device when the talk button is short pressed e Continue Continues the list read out e Delete Deletes the registered device when the talk button is short pressed Previous Returns to the previous device in read out when the talk button is short pressed 8 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 9 Say Beep No 10 Prompt Returning to main menu Device selection If several devices have been programmed the Bluetooth unit links the device last connected If you would like to link a different programmed device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off Hands free phone 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to select Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device B 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes or No 9 If Yes
26. Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Monitoring and Maintenance V Constant Monitoring The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system Crash sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit Front air bag sensor Air bag modules Side crash sensors Air bag Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light Front seat belt pretensioners Related wiring With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System e Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light e Driver seat slide position sensor e Front passenger seat weight sensors e Front passenger seat weight sensor control module e Front passenger seat belt buckle switch The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness This begins when the ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven Y Maintenance The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance But if any of the following occurs take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible e The air bag system warning light flashes The air bag system warning light remains illuminated The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON The air bag system warning beep sound is heard The air bags have deployed With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is swit
27. If in doubt move your car to another location The transmission range of a Bluetooth audio device is about 10 m 32 ft Therefore if there is another Bluetooth audio device within a 10 m 32 ft radius of the vehicle the device may be identified and programmed instead Device registration can also be done using voice recognition page 6 75 Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth audio device itself refer to its instruction manual Some Bluetooth audio devices have PIN codes four digits Refer to the audio device s instruction manual because the programming procedure differs depending on whether it has a PIN code or not Programming a Bluetooth audio device which has a four digit PIN code 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing program mode PAIR DEVICE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode After ENTER PIN is displayed on the information display for three seconds PIN 0000 is displayed and the PIN code can be input 3 Input the PIN code of your Bluetooth audio device by pressing channel preset buttons 1 to 4 while PIN 0000 is displayed Press channel preset button 1 to input the first digit 2 for the second 3 for the third and 4 for the forth For example if the PIN code were 4213 press channel preset button four ti
28. Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 2 19 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems For optimum protection the driver and front passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems For both these systems to work properly you must wear the seat belt properly Pretensioners In moderate or severe frontal or near frontal accidents the front air bag and pretensioner systems deploy simultaneously The front seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding Any time the air bags and front seat belt pretensioners have fired they must be replaced With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the pretensioner system for the front passenger like the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 Load limiter The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt force on the occupant s chest While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions the load limiter has an au
29. Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous In hot weather temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause brain damage or even death Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Keep all doors locked when driving Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an accident Always close all the windows and the moonroof lock the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unattended Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous as children could lock themselves in a hot vehicle or become trapped by climbing into the trunk which could result in death Also a vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy target for thieves and intruders Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking Unlocking with Key The driver s door can be locked unlocked with the key Turn the key toward the front to lock toward the back to unlock NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger door key cylinder the door can be locked unlocked with the key Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the reques
30. Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose a key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity Immobilizer system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 01 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RC
31. Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped V Receiving an Incoming Call 1 Prompt Incoming call press the pickup button to answer 2 To accept the call press the pick up button To reject the call press the hang up button Talk button Pick up button Hang up button A V Hanging Up a Call Press the hang up button during the call A beep sound will confirm that call is ended V Volume Adjustment The power volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume Turn the dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it yoLUMe Ss BOWES Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel The music volume of the audio unit cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used 6 79 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Convenient Use of the Hands Free System Y Phonebook Usage Phonebook registration Phone numbers can be registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep
32. System gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors VVVVVVV V NOTE Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 34 When replacing a wheel make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter rim width and offset Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear Out of balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear such as cupping and flat spots 8 40 MEMO Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Light Bulbs Xenon fusion bulb Adaptive Front Halogen bulb Lighting System Overhead light Map lights Front Overhead light Map lights Front Side turn signal lights Side turn signal light Front turn signal lights Front side Front turn signal lights marker lights Parking lights Front side marker lights ___ Adaptive Front Lighting Parking lights System AFS __ Head lights Low beam L Head lights Low High beam Fog lights Fog lights Head lights High beam 1 Parking lights 2 Daytime run
33. The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside Canada However in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 17 Customer Information Warranty Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be driven Consequently your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order to meet the regulations In addition you should be awa
34. a CD player equipped vehicle 6 42 Registered ID code input 1 Press and hold the auto memory button or scan button then press channel preset button 5 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input 4 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed Press 1 for the first digit 2 for the second 3 for the third and 4 for the last digit For example if your number is 2323 press 1 three times includes 0 2 four times 3 three times and 4 four times If the display goes off while inputting begin from Step 1 NOTE The registered ID code is the default 0000 at the time of factory shipment If 0000 results in Err on the display go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset to 0000 Verification with the registered ID code 5 Determine the input code by pressing the auto memory button or scan button 6 If it does not match with the previously registered code SR1 Err is displayed and then it returns to SRI 7 If it matches with the previously registered code ENTER PIN appears again and it switches to code input mode 8 SRI appears and it is r
35. and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the door on the side the car is hit Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a window or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags deploy Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous In an accident an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants 2 45 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats impeding the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not hang net bags map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats Never use seat covers on the front seats Always keep the side air bag modules in your front seats free to deploy in th
36. cover remove install the battery cover using the following procedure Removing battery cover 1 Detach the clip facing the side of the vehicle first and pull it outward with your finger approx 4 mm 0 2 in Then lift the cover slightly to clear the lock 7 20 2 Detach the clip facing the vehicle interior first and pull it outward with your finger approx 4 mm 0 2 in Then lift the cover slightly to clear the lock 3 Pull out the battery cover being careful not to allow it to contact the cowl grille Battery cover Cowl grille Installing battery cover 1 Being careful not to contact the cowl grille insert the tabs on the one end of the battery cover into the holes of the battery tray and engage the tabs Cowl grille In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 2 Attach the clips on both sides of the battery cover A o a A Clips Make sure the booster battery is 12 V and that its negative terminal is grounded If the booster battery is in another vehicle don t allow both vehicles to touch Turn off the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration e Connect one end ofa cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery 1 e Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster batt
37. go to Step 10 If No the procedure returns to Step 5 10 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B selected Music player 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select music player 5 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to select Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 87 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device By 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes or No 9 If Yes go to Step 10 If No the procedure returns to Step 5 10 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B selected NOTE Device Music player selection can also be done by operating the panel button page 6 63 Registered device Mobile phone deletion Registered devices Mobile phone can be deleted individually or collectively NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing optio
38. inspect the fuse block under the hood If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Follow these steps 1 Turn off the ignition switch and all other switches 2 Remove the fuse block cover 3 If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating Normal Blown Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Do not replace the main fuse by yourself Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform the replacement Replacing the fuse by yourself is dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a high current fuse Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire 8 55 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Fuse Panel Description Fuse block Engine compartment L J DESCRIPTION aN PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 FAN 2 40 A Cooling fan 2 ENG MAIN 40A Engine control system 3 BTN 1 50A For protection of various circuits 4 A C MAG 7 5A Air conditioner 5 H L HI 20A Headlight high beam 6 FOG 15A Fog lights 7 H L WASH 8 SUNROOF 15A Moonroof 9 F DEF RH 10 F DEF LH 11 FAN 1 40 A Cooling fan 12 ROOM 15A Interior lights 13 TCM 15A TCM 14 DSC 20A Dynamic Stability Control system 15 BTN2 7 5A For protection of various circuits 16 AT PUMP 17 HEATER 40A Air conditi
39. must be spoken Eight eight eight five five five one two one two Phrase Command 1 0123456789 888 555 1212 Call Dial Setup Cancel Continue Help COPA DA NW BI Ww N 6 91 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE The applicable phrase appears in the display e After user voice registration is completed voice guidance Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu is announced Voice recognition learning on off 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disabled Would you like to disable enable or retrain 4 Say Beep Disable or Enable 5 When Disable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned off When Enable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned on 6 Prompt Speaker Enrollment is disabled enabled returning to main menu 6 92 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Used Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used under the following conditions e The device is outside of the communication area e The device has a malfunction The device is not connected to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle The device s battery is weak The device is turned off The device is placed where radio reception is difficult The ignition is switched off e e
40. to fully open the liftgate To close the liftgate from its slightly raised position open it first by pressing the electric liftgate opener button and wait for 1 second or longer then close it The door ajar warning light will illuminate if the liftgate is not fully closed 4 Door Raise the trunk lid by pressing the electric trunk lid opener on trunk lid Electric trunk lid opener While the ignition is switched ON the liftgate trunk lid can be opened only when the vehicle is stopped with the parking brake applied manual transaxle or with the selector lever in the P position automatic transaxle NOTE When using the advanced keyless function to open the liftgate trunk lid it may require a few seconds for the liftgate trunk lid to unlock after the electric liftgate trunk lid opener is pressed The liftgate trunk lid can be closed when the doors are locked with the advanced key left in the vehicle However to prevent leaving the advanced key in the vehicle the liftgate trunk lid can be opened by pressing the electric liftgate trunk lid opener 3 11 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System YV Starting the Engine Locking the steering wheel If the electronic steering lock warning light is flashing and the beep sound is heard this indicates that the steering wheel is not unlocked To unlock the steering wheel jiggle the steering wheel from side to side while pressing the push but
41. 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and then remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with a flathead screwdriver 8 52 Some models 3 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal V Replacing Interior Light Bulbs Overhead light Map lights Front Overhead light Rear Vanity mirror lights 1 Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and then remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with the flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out Overhead light Map lights Front Overhead light Rear Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out Vanity mirror lights Ge amp ___ g EI c A 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Trunk light 4 Door 1 Press both sides of the lens cap to remove it 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Luggage compartment light 5 Door 1 Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with the flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 3 Install the new bulb in the revers
42. 11 Mazda Importer Distributors 9 13 Importer Distributor eee 9 13 Distributor in Each Area 9 13 Warranty csscccscscccscssscecescsssssenesoones 9 15 Warranties for Your Mazda 9 15 Outside the United States 9 16 Outside Canada 0 eeeseeeeeeeees 9 17 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada orii nants 9 18 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOTIES ennir n eN 9 19 Celll Phones cccssscssscsscccsscceesecsesee 9 20 Cell Phones Warning cceeeee 9 20 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UT QGS cecscsscsssscsssscscsssssssssssssssssseseees 9 21 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTOGS ene ek eich iinis 9 21 Tire Information U S A ccscscseeeee 9 23 Tire Labeling 0 cccceeeeseseeseeneeeee 9 23 Location of the Tire Label Placard iscieiisdseuinenchcsiiee 9 29 Tire Maintenance ce eeeeeseseeeeeees 9 32 Vehicle Loading cccseeeseeteereeee 9 35 Steps for Determining the Correct Load MEME aree aE Ee EER KENE 9 41 Reporting Safety Defects s0ee00 9 42 Reporting Safety Defects U S A 9 42 Reporting Safety Defects Canada 9 43 Service Publications cssscccssssooes 9 44 Service Publications ccccceee 9 44 9 1 Customer Information Customer Assistance Customer Assistance U S A Your com
43. 12 Auto lock unlock function setting change using door lock switch The doors and the liftgate can set to lock or unlock automatically by selecting any one of the functions from the following table and using the driver s door lock switch on the interior to perform the setting change as indicated in the procedure which follows 3 36 Settings can be changed using the following operation Function Function number The auto door lock function is disabled All the doors and the liftgate lock 2 automatically when the vehicle speed is about 20 km h 12 mph or more All the doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the vehicle speed is about 20 km h 12 mph or more All the doors and the liftgate unlock when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or Off Automatic transaxle vehicles only When the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever is shifted from park P to any other gear position all the doors and the liftgate lock automatically Automatic transaxle vehicles only When the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever is shifted from park P to any other gear position all the doors and the liftgate lock automatically When the shift lever is shifted to park P while the ignition is switched ON all the doors and the liftgate unlock automatically 1 Stop the vehicle and close all the doors 2 Switch the ignition ON 3 Press and hold the lock side of t
44. 2 Say Beep XXXX send Say DTMF code 3 Prompt Sending XXXX DTMF code 6 86 Hands Free Setting V Device Device registration For the registration of a Bluetooth equipped device to Bluetooth Hands Free refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation page 6 75 Registered device read out Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the devices registered to its system NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep List 7 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex Device A device B device C The voice guidance reads out the device tags registered to the hands free system Press the talk button with a short press during the read out at the desired device and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Select phone Selects device Mobile phone when the talk button is short pressed e Select music player Selects device Music player when the talk button is short pressed e Edit
45. 3 44 Fuel Filler Lid and Cap 0 ccecccessseesseeeeeeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeeeeees 3 47 HOO e en a aa a aa eo hech ete 3 49 Moonroof otk cee cece eco tec 3 50 Security System ccssccsssssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssessees 3 53 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key c ceceseeeceerees 3 53 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key eeeeerees 3 57 Theft Deterrent System o c ccccesccssessesseesessesssessesseeseessesseesees 3 61 Steering Wheel and Mirrors csscsssccseessecsseeescerseeseesees 3 64 Steering Wheels css shaoii ae ted este ane 3 64 Mirrors onne iet Sista A Andean dees 3 64 Some models 3 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Advanced Keys The advanced keyless functions advanced keyless entry and start system enable the following operations while the advanced key is being carried page 3 7 e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate and opening the liftgate and opening the trunk lid without operating the key e Starting the engine without operating the key Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3 17 e The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system from a distance Lock Unlock Trunk Panic button e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate e Opening the trunk lid Operating the theft deterren
46. 6 16 Some models AM FM Radio Antenna The AM FM radio antenna receives both AM and FM signals Install Remove A AN A Antenna for AM FM and Satellite Radio Antenna The antenna for AM FM and satellite radio antenna receives both AM and FM signals and SIRIUS signals Install Remove G AN A CAUTION gt To prevent damage to the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance gt Be careful around the antenna when removing snow from the roof Otherwise the antenna could be damaged Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE 3 When leaving your vehicle unattended we Operating Tips for Audio recommend that you remove the antenna and System store it inside the vehicle A WARNING Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the vehicle Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is stopped Even if the audio control switches are equipped on the steering wheel learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle CAUTION For the purposes of safe driving adjust the audio volume to a level that allows you to hear sounds outside of the vehicle including car horns and
47. Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Brake System Warning Light 5 43 BRAKE C Charging System Warning Light 5 45 QE Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5 45 a Check Engine Light 5 46 pe E High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light Red 5 46 TE ss ABS Warning Light 5 44 Oe ar mw Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 5 47 5 41 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page wg Low Fuel Warning Light 5 47 Rr Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5 47 Seat Belt Warning Light Beep Door Ajar Warning Light Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light Automatic Transaxle Warning Light Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green Security Indicator Light Headlight High Beam Indicator Light Shift Position Indicator Light Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light Blue TCS DSC Indicator Light DSC DSC OFF Indicator Light 5 55 OFF AFS l AFS OFF Indicator Light 5 55 OFF j CRUISE Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green 5 55 5 42 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicato
48. Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances YW Brake Assist During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force the brake assist system provides braking assistance thus enhancing braking performance When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the brakes apply more firmly 5 10 NOTE When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate an abnormality Without DSC vehicles When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly a clicking noise from the brake booster may be heard This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate an abnormality e With DSC vehicles When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly a motor pump operation noise may be heard This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate an abnormality The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle s main braking system Manu
49. I Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I All locks and hinges EJL bE hb EJL by be bo by bk bk Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 9 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM x1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 Cabin air filter a R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 8 10 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 2 Numbe
50. Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal reception area within the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Request Switch Inoperable Warning Beep If the request switch for a front door is pressed under the following conditions while the advanced key is being carried a beep will be heard six times to indicate that the front doors cannot be locked e A door is open door ajar included e The push button start has not been switched to off e The auxiliary key is inserted into the key slot V Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning When the push button start is pressed off from ON the KEY indicator light green flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power is low Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance page 3 5 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 V Engine Start Not Permitted Warning Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the push button start will not switch to ACC even if it is switched from off e The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is not within operational range
51. No the system returns to standby status Import contact Phonebook data from your device Mobile phone can be sent and registered to your Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook using Bluetooth 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Import contact 5 Prompt Ready to receive a contact from the phone 6 Device Mobile phone operation Select one entry from the phonebook and send it using Bluetooth 7 Prompt X Number of locations which include data numbers have been imported What name would you like to use for these numbers 8 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 9 Prompt Adding XXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Voice tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Number saved Would you like to import another contact 12 Say Beep Yes or No 13 If Yes the procedure proceeds to Step 5 If No the procedure proceeds to Step 14 14 Prompt Returning to main menu Making calls using the phonebook Telephone calls can be made by saying the name of a person voice tag whose phone number has been registered in Bluetooth Hands Free in advance For the phonebook setting method refer
52. Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Language 5 Prompt Select a language English French or Spanish 6 Say Beep French Speak the desired language English French or Spanish 6 75 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 7 Prompt French Desired language selected Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt French Desired language selected returning to main menu Spoken in the newly selected language Method 2 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep French Say the desired language English French or Spanish Change the desired language by saying the language name NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 3 Prompt Would you like to change the language to French Desired language 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phonebook French selected returning to main menu Spoken in the newly selected language Pairing code setting The 4 digit pairing code setting fo
53. Safety Equipment Seats V Active Head Restraints The front seats are equipped with active head restraints In a rear end collision the active head restraints use the force applied by the occupant on the seatback to instantaneously move the head restraints in the forward direction reducing excessive rearward tilting of the head and reducing the load on the neck The active head restraints are also highly effective at reducing whip lash injuries which commonly occur in rear end collisions at low to mid range vehicle speeds A WARNING gt Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint gt Do not attach any accessories such as a TV screen to a front seatback and or a front head restraint Also do not place heavy items or thick items or both in the seatback pocket Doing so could reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint in a rear end collision Some models 2 11 Essential Safety Equipment Seats The active head restraints operate in a Seat Warmer rear end collision The head restraints The driver and front passenger seats can return to their original position after the be warmed by rotating the applicable seat collision warmer dial while the ignition is switched The method for adjusting the active head ON restraints is the same as non active head The seat temperature increases as the
54. Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 Ifthe vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the spark plugs at every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or shorter a Repeated short distance driving b Extended periods of idling or low speed operation c Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates 8 7 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Mexico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the d
55. Warning Beep If the driver s door is opened while the ignition is switched to ACC a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the ignition has not been switched off STOP Left in this condition the keyless entry system will not operate the car cannot be locked and the battery power will be depleted 3 22 Y Advanced Key Removed from Vehicle Warning Beep Under the following conditions a beep sound will be heard and the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the push button start has not been switched off to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed The KEY warning light red will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle e The push button start has not been switched off the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard three times However the beep sound will be heard continuously when the push button start is switched to ACC and the door is open due to the activation of the warning beep sound indicating that the push button start is not switched off The push button start has not been switched off and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard six times The volume of the beep sound can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 NOTE Because the advanced key utilizes low intensity radio waves the Advanced
56. When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality NOTE With headlight auto leveling When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the headlight leveling motors operating at the front of the engine compartment can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the key It then returns to the ON position V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the ignition key reminder Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Starting the Engine With advanced key Refer to Starting the engine page 3 12 for information on how to start the engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise 1 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the brake pedal 4 Manual transaxle Depress the clutch pedal all the way and shift into neutral Keep the clutch pedal
57. a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off 6 51 Interior Comfort Audio System Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button Pl Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button A to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button W to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A or turn the file dial clockwise once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button W or turn the file dial counterclockwise once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Disc search To change the disc press the DISC button A or V during playback Folder search during MP3 WMA CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button W or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 WMA CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to 6 52 Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the trac
58. air bag The outboard sides of the front seatbacks side air bags The front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides curtain air bags 9 The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways Without seat belt usage the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident Seat belt usage is necessary to Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation such as roll over or rear impact Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal near frontal side collisions that are not severe enough to activate the air bags Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle Some models 2 43 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification system refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System page 2 56 for details If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification system the front passenger air bag deactivation i
59. all windows the moonroof ae the hood and the trunk lid are closed Close and lock all doors and the liftgate from the outside using the key If you have the keyless entry system press the lock button on the transmitter The hazard warning lights will flash once The following method will also arm the theft deterrent system With advanced key Press a request switch on the doors or the lock button on the transmitter Without advanced key Close the hood and the liftgate trunk lid Press the area on the door lock switch marked A once Close all doors The security indicator light in the instrument panel flashes twice per second for 20 seconds on The theft deterrent system can also be armed by activating the auto re lock function with all the doors the liftgate trunk lid and the hood closed NOTE Locking the doors with the inside door lock knob will not arm the system 4 After 20 seconds the system is fully armed 3 62 Some models NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter or the request switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds A door or the liftgate trunk lid is opened The auxiliary key inserted into the key slot with advanced key The key is inserted in the ignition switch The push button start is in any position except off with advanced key The ignitio
60. and the child restraint system is installed improperly the child restraint system could move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants When installing the child restraint system make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 38 Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Rear Outboard Seats 1 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 2 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 3 4 Door Raise the head restraint to the top locked position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 10 NOTE 5 Door The rear outboard head restraints are non adjustable Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 4 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instruction Pull on the child restraint to be sure both anchors are engaged 5 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child res
61. and under on the rear seat with an appropriate child restraint system for the child s age and size 2 44 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely dangerous The driver and front passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them or sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous The side
62. be heard This does not indicate an abnormality Starting the engine NOTE The advanced key must be carried because the advanced key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range The engine can be started when the push button start is pressed from off ACC or ON 1 Make sure you are carrying the advanced key 2 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 3 Make sure the parking brake is on 4 Continue to press the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started 3 13 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 5 Manual transaxle Continue to press the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started Automatic transaxle Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE Manual transaxle The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed sufficiently Automatic transaxle The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N and the brake pedal is not depressed sufficiently 6 Verify that the KEY indicator light green in the instrument cluster and the push button start indicator light green illuminate If the KEY indicator light green does not illuminate make sure that the advanced key is being carried If the KEY indicator light green does not illuminate while the advanced key is being carried you may h
63. best explain how to enjoy your Mazda By reading your manual you can find out about the features important safety information and driving under various road conditions The symbol below in this manual means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Index A good place to start is the Index an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual You ll find several WARNINGs CAUTIONs and NOTES in the manual A WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle or both could result if the caution is ignored NOTE A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle The symbol below located on some parts of the vehicle indicates that this manual contains information related to the part Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation Table of Contents Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Driving Your Ma
64. bulbs The low beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white beam over a wide area A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary NOTE If the headlights flicker or the brightness weakens the bulb life may be depleted and a replacement is necessary Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 5 61 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls VY Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE When the advanced keyless function is used and the push button start is pressed to ACC the Push Button Start Not in OFF Warning Beep page 3 22 overrides the lights on reminder A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the lights on reminder Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 V Headlight High Low Beam Press the lever forward to turn on the high beams Pull the lever back to its original position for the low beams High beam t Low beam 5 62 Some models V Flashing the Headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever fully towards you the
65. button or scan button 6 PIN CLEARED appears which indicates that the master code input has been completed 7 The ID code is set to the default 0000 and the initialization process is completed 6 41 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Master code The Master Code is used to initialize or re initialize the ID code in the event that the code is not set to 0000 and or the personalized ID code is not known The initialization process resets the ID code to 0000 The master code can potentially defeat the intent of the security of the parental lock if it is located by persons not authorized by the owner to access certain channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code 0913 NOTE When a numeric value other than the master code is input and the auto memory button or scan button is pressed SR1 Err is displayed and then it returns to the SRI display again Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the auto memory button or scan button are used for inputting the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Change of ID code Setting condition SAT mode When changing the ID code the new ID code is input after the previous one is input first NOTE The scan button refers to the operation for an In dash CD changer equipped vehicle and the auto memory button refers to the operation for
66. darkness of the trunk following a brief exposure to ambient light The inside trunk release lever is located on the inside of the trunk lid 3 44 Power Windows The ignition must be switched ON for the power windows to operate A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing power windows are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children Always lock all passenger power windows with the power window lock switch on the driver s side while children are in the vehicle and never allow children to play with power window switches Leaving the power window switches unlocked while children are in the vehicle is dangerous Power window switches that are not locked with the power window lock switch would allow children to operate power windows unintentionally which could result in serious injury if a child s hands head or neck becomes caught by the window A CAUTION To prevent burning out the fuse and damaging the power window system do not open or close more than three windows at once V Operating the Driver s Side Power Window Manual opening closing To open the window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Owner master control switches ae Close X e KA Dri
67. decreases by that much GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 9 38 Customer Information Tire Information U S A SAMPLE gt DATE GVWAPNEV LO LB LO KG FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV CLIK LB IKG REAR GAWRIPNBE AR CLIO LB O KG WITHIAVEC TL TIRESIPNEVS WITHIAVEC TIRESIPNEVS RIMSJJANTES RIMSJJANTES KPAI
68. determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances Charging System Warning Light E This warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If the warning light illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION Do not continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly V Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light af This warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started This warning light indicates low engine oil press
69. device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 01 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 616 3 55 Knowing Your Mazda Security System VY Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed on Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the registered advanced key The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct advanced key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 56 NOTE The engine may not start and the security indicator light may illuminate or flash if the advanced key is placed in an area where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal such as on the dashboard or in the glove box Move the advanced key to another place switch the ignition off and then restart the engine e Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobi
70. e e e Safety Certification FCC ID CB2MBLUEC07 IC 279B MBLUEC07 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service For toll free Bluetooth Hands Free customer service call 800 430 0153 or go to www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for assistance 6 93 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Sunvisors When you need a sunvisor lower it for use in front or swing it to the side Sunvisor V Vanity Mirrors To use the vanity mirror lower the sunvisor If your vehicle is equipped with a vanity mur
71. e The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 e A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range V Advanced Key Left in luggage compartment trunk Warning Beep If the advanced key is left in the luggage trunk compartment with all doors locked and the liftgate trunk lid closed a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver the advanced key has been left in the luggage trunk compartment If this happens open the liftgate trunk lid by pressing the electric liftgate trunk lid opener and remove the advanced key An advanced key removed from the luggage compartment trunk may not function because its functions may have been temporarily suspended To restore the advanced key function perform the applicable procedure page 3 21 The system can be set not to open the trunk Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 3 23 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Advanced Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep If an advanced key is left in the vehicle cabin and all the doors are locked using a separate advanced key a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver that the advanced key has been left in the vehicle cabin If this happens the doors lock but the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily suspended Perform the following procedu
72. engine is idling and make sure that the ATF level is within the proper level If the ATF level is not within the proper level add ATF The proper fluid level is marked on the dipstick as follows Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance CAUTION gt Use the cold scale only as a reference gt If outside temperature is lower than about 20 C 70 F start the engine and inspect the fluid level after the engine reaches operating temperature gt Ifthe vehicle has been driven for an extended period at high speeds or in city traffic in hot weather inspect the level only after stopping the engine and allowing the fluid to cool for 30 minutes Fully insert the dipstick When adding fluid inspect with the dipstick to make sure it does not pass full NOTE Inspect the fluid on both sides of the dipstick in a well lit area for an accurate reading 8 25 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Washer Fluid V Inspecting Washer Fluid Level A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze Protection in Cold Weather Operating your vehicle in temperatures below 4 degrees C 40 degrees F using washer fluid without anti freeze protection is dangerous as it could caus
73. engine when going down a hill Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control and may cause damage to the drivetrain Any loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident 4 7 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Hazardous Driving A WARNING Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving on ice or in water snow mud sand or similar hazards e Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking and sudden maneuvering e Do not pump the brakes Continue to press down on the brake pedal Refer to Anti Lock Brake System ABS on page 5 8 If you get stuck select a lower gear and accelerate slowly Do not spin the front wheels For more traction in starting on slippery surfaces such as ice or packed snow use sand rock salt chains carp
74. eonenni a n eS page 3 34 3 DSC OEE Switch a econ te oe Bie eet eins Ree eas heel a page 5 27 Turn and lane change signals c ccccccccccssssssesseseeeeseesesesseseescseeecseeecseeseseeeesees page 5 64 G Lighting controlin r Bate aued Wa ieee SRR A a page 5 59 Dashboard illumination knob 0 0 ccccccesceseeseeseeseeseeeeseesecsecseesecseeseeseeseeeeseens page 5 40 CPinstrument Cluster 5 6 0 see Aad lenin ese page 5 36 Wiper and washer lever cccccceessessesseessesseesececeeseeseeeaecseeesecseeesecaeenaeeeeeeeeaeeees page 5 65 Lock release lever i scocsesieit eaaa E Ea eed eee sei non Rees page 3 64 Outside mirror switch eee eceeseesceeceeseeseeeseeseeceesecceesecseeeseesecesesereeseseeeseeeeeenees page 3 64 d Power window switches 2 2 0 ia nce tines aed oe eee cide tee haan page 3 44 2 Power window lock switch ccccccccscesessessssesesseseeeesesseseseeseessseeecseeecseeesseeeesees page 3 46 1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View B f Audio control switches cccccecceseessescsseeseseeseeseeseeseeceseeseseecsessecsecsesseeaeeeseesaeeaes page 6 56 2 SRS air bagi e E A page 2 43 3 Multi information display cccececcesescesesseseseeseseesesceeeseeeeseeeeaeeceaeeeeaeeeeaeereneens page 6 98 Navigation system if equipped cccccceeseeeteeses
75. far out To return the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe level area retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out retract the belt once and then try pulling it out slowly If this fails pull the belt strongly one time and loosen then pull it out again slowly 2 16 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Automatic Locking Mode Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident To enable seat belt automatic locking mode pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system It will retract down to the child restraint system and stay locked on it See the section on child restraint page 2 26 2 17 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the seat belt tongue 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt Lap shoulder belt Seat belt tongue 3 Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat belt buckle until you hear a click sound Seat belt tongue IY Seat belt sar buckle NESS 2 18 A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the
76. finish And the longer the acid remains on the surface the greater the chance is for damage Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle s finish 8 60 Y Damage Caused by Bird Dropping Insects or Tree Sap Occurrence Bird droppings contain acids If these aren t removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose corrosive compounds form These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if they are not removed Tree sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish If you scratch the sap off while it is hard some vehicle paint could come off with it Prevention It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section This should be done as soon as possible Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water If you are traveling and these are not available a moistened tissue may also take care of the problem The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner Another method is to cover the
77. has been done to ensure your satisfaction 9 7 Customer Information Customer Assistance Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of your Mazda dealer s service facilities personnel and equipment We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results V Mediation Arbitration Program Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer Satisfaction Program If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved you have another option Mazda Canada Inc participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding arbitration Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc and our dealers Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal There is no charge for using CAMVAP CAMVAP results are fast fair and final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc VY Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP If a specific item of concern arises where a solution cannot be reached between an owner Mazda and or one of its dealers that all parties cannot agree upon the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CA
78. has some functional use in mud and snow U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT which indicates the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured For example the numbers 457 means the 45st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002 The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer s discretion This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire In general the greater the number of plies the more weight a tire can support Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials which include steel nylon polyester and other Maximum Load Rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions 9 25 Customer Information Tire Information U S A Tread Wear Traction and Temperature Grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under c
79. heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine Exhaust gas is dangerous When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle particularly the tail pipe before starting the engine Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin 4 5 Before Driving Your Mazda Before Starting the Engine Before Getting In e Be sure the windows outside mirrors and outside lights are clean Inspect inflation pressures and condition of tires e Look under the vehicle for any sign of fluid leaks e If you plan to back up make sure nothing is in your way NOTE Engine oil engine coolant brake clutch fluid washer fluid and other fluid levels should be inspected See Maintenance Section 8 e 4 6 After Getting In e e e e o o o e Are all doors closed and locked Is the seat adjusted properly Are the inside and outside mirrors adjusted Is the steering wheel adjusted properly Is everyone s seat belt fastened C
80. if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 11 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE e Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for I hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on afte
81. illuminated is dangerous If this indicator light does not illuminate this means that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner are ready for deployment If an accident were to deploy an air bag a child in a child restraint system sitting in the front passenger seat could be seriously injured or killed If the indicator light does not illuminate after seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat seat a child in a child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 37 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint LATCH Child Restraint Systems Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems in the rear seat Both anchors must be used otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger Most LATCH child restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective If they have a tether you must use it to better assure your child s safety A WARNING Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child restraint system An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child r
82. indicates that little washer fluid remains Add fluid page 8 26 Vv Automatic Transaxle Warning Light Automatic Transaxle AT This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON The light illuminates when the transaxle has a problem Some models 5 49 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds CAUTION If the automatic transaxle warning light illuminates the transaxle has an electrical problem Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your transaxle Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction 5 50 Some models A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine
83. infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat the system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off Mazda strongly recommends that children be properly restrained and child restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear seats which are the best place for children For more details refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 2 26 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the correct size child restraint system For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and size If not the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system buckled down An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems and the corr
84. is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Auto memory tuning This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Additional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area After scanning is completed the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed Press and release the auto memory button AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored station will be selected each time its frequency and channel number will be displayed NOTE If no stations can be tuned after scanning operations A will be displayed 6 33 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Satellite Radio Band selector buttons Satellite button ewe AM co sar AUX Croan 2 Category Seek tuning button DISC CAT A v FOLDER A buttons Scan button SEEK TRACK SCAN AUTO M REPLAY DISP Mpa Display button Instant
85. is pressed off from ON the KEY indicator light green flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power is low Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3 7 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 VY Security Indicator Light ein This indicator light starts flashing every 2 seconds when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC and the immobilizer system is armed The light stops flashing when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key At this time the immobilizer system is disarmed and the light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 53 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Headlight High Beam Indicator Light This light indicates one of two things e The high beam headlights are on e The turn signal lever is in the flash to pass position YV Shift Position Indicator Light Automatic Transaxle This indicates the selected shift position R M D M Gear fi indicator In manual mode the M of the sh
86. is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase 2 15 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A CAUTION Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled so try to keep them clean For more details about cleaning the seat belts refer to Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing page 8 67 Vv Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions Pregnant women should always wear seat belts Ask your doctor for specific recommendations The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly but never across the stomach area Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts Check with your doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions V Emergency Locking Mode In the emergency locking mode the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion it may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too
87. km h 10 mph 2to3 40 km h 25 mph 32 km h 20 mph 3to4 65 km h 40 mph 48 km h 30 mph 4to5 73 km h 45 mph 60 km h 37 mph 5to6 81 km h 50 mph 71 km h 44 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Automatic Transaxle Controls Pi N D Q A M V Various Lockouts Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON gt Indicates the shift lever can be shifted freely into any position NOTE The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode page 5 16 5 13 Driving Your Mazda Starting
88. last 12 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 wma exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service Interior Comfort Audio System 6 49 Interior Comfort Audio System Vv Operating the In Dash CD Changer Load button Disc down button Disc up button CD play button CD slot CD eject button me cD sel Folder down button La Disc CAT A J Y FOLDER A Random Eo button Repeat button RDM Track 3 EPL Folder up button SCAN AUTO M Channel preset buttons Display button Track down Reverse button Play Pause button Track up Fast forward button Type Playable data Music MP3 WMA CD e Music data CD DA player e MP3 WMA file NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA files playback of the two or three file types differs depending o
89. may void your warranty e e 4 14 Some models Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Trailer Towing The Mazda3 is not designed for towing Never tow a trailer with your Mazda3 4 15 4 16 Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Starting and Driving sccccsscsscssscsssscsssssssssessssssesesseessseseees Ignition Switch ccccccescdsscessesssecnesscvscdegevuee ons i i Starting the Engine 0 ccccceceeseesceeceeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeseens Turning Off the Engine ec ececseeseeseceseceeeeseeeeeseeteeseeeeenes Brake S ystems vane beck Heo a oseseetdeves Moen A Manual Transaxle Operation ccccesceeseeseeseeeseeseeneeeeesneenes Automatic Transaxle Controls cccccesceeseeseeeeeeeeseneeseeeees Power Steering aone nn ee a ac een Relea Cruise Control sais bs ackisiiGndetnteta oe acai emer Traction Control System TCS oceecesscssssssseessessseeseesseesseesees Dynamic Stability Control DSC o c cccsccsscesssesssesseesesseesees Tire Pressure Monitoring System c ccecceesseesesseeseeseeeeeeees Instrument Cluster and Indicators ccssssscccssssssssecesseees Meters and Gauges ccscceseessesseeseeseeeeeeeeeeseceeeeseeeeenseeeesees Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds scsesseeees Warning Indicator Lights 0 0 0 ceeeesesseceeeteeseeseeeeeseeeeeeeetenes JBA Ries 8 6 ce ey eee ee ee oe Switches and Con
90. playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly DISC RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the display button DISP is pressed during playback Interior Comfort Audio System Music CD Disc number Track number Elapsed time Disc number Track number DISE Disc tray number i Track name Album name Artist name MP3 WMA CD Disc number File number Elapsed time Disc number Folder number File number Disc tray number File name ira Folder name Album name ID3 Tag Song name ID3 Tag Artist name ID3 Tag 6 53 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD e The system can only display one byte alphabetic characters If two byte or other types of characters have been recorded to the CD they may not display correctly Display scroll Only 12 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next 12 characters Press the text button TEXT again after the last 12 characters have been displayed to
91. prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift from P 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 3 Move the shift lever Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE When the ignition is switched off the shift lever cannot be shifted from P To be sure the vehicle is in park the ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in P e With Advanced Key The ignition cannot be switched from ACC to OFF when the shift lever is not in P W Shift Lock Override If the shift lever will not move from P using the proper shift procedure continue to hold down the pedal 1 Remove the shift lock override cover using a cloth wrapped flat head screwdriver 2 Insert a screwdriver and push it down 3 Move the shift lever 4 Take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the system checked 5 15 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Y Manual Shift Mode This mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transaxle vehicle by operating the shift lever and allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the front wheels much like a manual transaxle when more control is desired To change to manual shift mode shift the lever from D to M NOTE Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transaxle To return to automatic shift mode shift the lever from M to D NOTE e Ifyou change to manual shift mode when
92. reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation 6 61 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio V What is Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth audio outline By programming portable audio devices equipped with the Bluetooth communication function to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit you can listen to music or audio recorded on these audio devices from the vehicle s speakers Bluetooth audio devices do not need to be plugged into the auxiliary jack After programming operate the audio system s control panel to play stop the music or audio A CAUTION gt Always program audio devices to the Bluetooth audio system while the vehicle is stopped gt Because only specified Bluetooth audio devices can be used consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when purchasing or changing devices Bluetooth audio devices which correspond to specified Bluetooth versions and profiles can be Bluetooth connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit However even among these devices are ones which cannot be Bluetooth connected or have limited functionality Each device to be used with the vehicle s Bluetooth unit needs to be checked i
93. reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Direct Flutter Skip noise Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly resulting in annoying noise Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup Interior Comfort Audio System Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signals are extremely strong so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver a When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies the original station may be temporarily lost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance Station drift noise Station 2 88 3 MHz St
94. s door request switch To unlock the driver s door press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the request switch again within 5 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard Front passenger door request switch To unlock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice NOTE e Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are securely locked e All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open A beep sound is heard for confirmation when the doors and the liftgate are locked unlocked using the request switch If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off page 10 12 3 10 The setting can be changed so that the doors and the liftgate are locked automatically without pressing the request switch page 10 12 Auto lock function A beep sound is heard when all doors and the liftgate are closed while the advanced key is being carried All doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 3 seconds when the advanced key is out of the operational range Also the hazard warning lights flash once Even if the driver is in the operational range all doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 30 seconds If you are out of the operational range before the doors and the lif
95. seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body Keep low on A WARNING Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts 2 TF NOTE If a belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Front Shoulder Belt Adjuster Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if the seat belt touches your neck or if it crosses your arm instead of your shoulder To raise the shoulder belt adjuster push the adjuster up To lower the shoulder belt adjuster pull the adjuster and slide it down Make sure the adjuster is locked To raise To lower ee q A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt
96. seatback to make sure it is locked in place To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury V Height Adjustment Driver s Seat To adjust the seat height move the lever up or down Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats The power operated seat is available only on the driver s seat The front passenger seat is manually operated Refer to Front Seats Manually Operated Seats page 2 2 for adjustment instructions A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seat
97. serious injury or death to the child Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous Even in a moderate collision the child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Even though you may feel assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allo
98. solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle will not be used for an extended time disconnect the battery cables V Inspecting Electrolyte Level A low level of electrolyte fluid will cause the battery to discharge quickly Inspect the electrolyte level at least once a week If it s low remove the caps and add enough distilled water to bring the level between the upper and lower level illustration Don t overfill Examine the specific gravity of the electrolyte with a hydrometer especially during cold weather If it s low recharge the battery Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Tires For reasons of proper performance safety and better fuel economy always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution A WARNING Using Different Tire Types Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking leading to loss of control Except for the limited use of the temporary spare tire use only the same type tires radial bias belted bias type on all four wheels Using Wrong Sized Tires Using any other tire size than what is specified for your Mazda page 10 11 is dangerous It could seriously affect ride handling ground clearance tire clearance and speedometer calibration This could cause you to have an accident Use only tires that are the correct size specifi
99. sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle However it does not indicate a malfunction YV ABS Warning Light The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE e When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery e With DSC vehicles The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O amp BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system 5 9 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated
100. system after the air bags have inflated is dangerous Immediately after inflation they are very hot You could get burned Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle Installation of front end equipment such as frontal protection bar kangaroo bar bull bar push bar or other similar devices snowplow or winches is dangerous The air bag crash sensor system could be affected This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident Front occupants could be seriously injured 2 46 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not modify the suspension Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous If the vehicle s height or the suspension is modified the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries Do not modify the supplemental restraint system Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint system This includes installing trim badges or anything else over the air bag modules It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front seats It is important to pro
101. than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label 9 40 Customer Information Tire Information U S A Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 9 41 Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects U S A If you believe that your vehicle has a
102. the desired speed V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging 1 Set the mode selector dial to the Y position 2 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 3 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed A WARNING Do not defog the windshield using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position Using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when using the GV position Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE e For maximum defrosting set the temperature control dial to the extreme hot position and the fan control dial to position 4 Ifwarm air is desired at the floor set the mode selector dial to the 4 position e Inthe or W position the air conditioner is automatically turned on however the indicator light does not illuminate and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the or YY position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode V Dehumidifying With Air Conditioner Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold weather to help defog the windshield and side windows 1 Set the mode selector dial to the desired position 2 Set the air intake selector to
103. the engine after parking in a safe place and then start the engine again If the light does not illuminate after restarting the engine this indicates that the power steering is restored and normal steering is possible If the light remains illuminated the power steering is still inoperable Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE The power steering system is inoperable when the power steering malfunction indicator light illuminates Steering is possible but requires more physical effort Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left and right while the vehicle is stopped or moving extremely slowly will cause the power steering system to go into protective mode which will make the steering feel heavy but this does not indicate a malfunction If this occurs park the vehicle safely and wait a few minutes for the system to return to normal Cruise Control With cruise control you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 32 km h 20 mph A WARNING Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss of vehicle control gt Hilly terrain gt Steep inclines gt Heavy or unsteady traffic gt Slippery or winding roads gt Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has t
104. the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed 5 Turn on the air conditioner by pressing the A C switch NOTE One of the functions of the air conditioner is dehumidifying the air and to use this function the temperature does not have to be set to cold Therefore set the temperature control dial to the desired position hot or cold and turn on the air conditioner when you want to dehumidify the cabin air Some models 6 9 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Fully Automatic Type Climate control information is displayed on the information display Information display Airflow display Air intake display AUTO M fa g on pp RPTRDM ST DISCIN HH ith i SS TZI Seem we gt gt TI FL te ILIZ Ete DUAL Y Oi Temperature setting display driver Temperature setting display passenger Mode selector display Driver temperature control dial Fan control dial Passenger temperature control dial AUTO switch OFF switch DUAL switch Fy PUSH AUTO ON mm IP FRONT 0 GREAR lt i MODE gt 1 lt D ac Windshield defroster switch Mode selec
105. the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow out NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 5 31 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction 5 32 A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough a
106. the vehicle make sure the push button start is pressed to off NOTE When the push button start is pressed to off from ON the KEY indicator light green flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power of the advanced key is low Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3 5 Automatic transaxle If the engine is turned off while the shift lever is in a position other than P the ignition switches to ACC Emergency engine stop A WARNING Do not press or touch the push button start while the vehicle is moving Pressing the push button start and stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced maneuverability and braking ability due to the loss of power steering and power braking which could cause an accident and serious injury Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Continuously pressing the push button start while the engine is running and the vehicle is stopped or quickly pressing it Key Functions any number of times will turn the engine off immediately V Keyless Entry System Operation Using Advanced This system uses the more traditional keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and unlock the doors and the liftgate and opens the trunk lid It can a
107. the vehicle is stopped the gear will shift to M1 Ifyou change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range Sth gear the gear will shift to M4 Indicators Shift position indicator In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indicator in the instrument panel illuminates 5 16 Gear position indicator The numeral for the selected gear illuminates Shift position indicator SD range gear position indicator NZILA NOTE e Ifthe gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds the gear position indicator will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down to protect the transaxle If the automatic transaxle fluid ATF temperature becomes too high there is the possibility that the transaxle will switch to automatic shift mode canceling manual shift mode and turning off the gear position indicator illumination This is a normal function to protect the AT After the ATF temperature has decreased the gear position indicator illumination turns back on and driving in manual shift mode is restored Shifting Manually Shifting up M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 To shift up to a higher gear tap the shift lever back once NOTE e When driving slowly the gears may not shift up depending on vehicle speed e In manual shift mode gears do not shift up automatically Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle i
108. to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air bag equipped vehicle NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to Customer Assistance U S A page 9 2 2 62 Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ssccssssssseseeees 3 2 Advanced Keys sg aoe eaa een sek ee N epee ee 3 2 Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions 00 3 7 Operation Using Advanced Key Functions eseeeerees 3 17 Advanced Key Suspend Function ccccescesceeseeeeeseeseeeees 3 21 Warning Lights and Beep Sounds c cesceeseeseeseeeteeteeeeees 3 22 When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated cesses 3 25 Doors and LOCKS cississssccscstissecetecssssavesectesssecdsesseveteseecascensseesosconese 3 26 KEYS re n EEE E EEEE EROA E E 3 26 Keyless Entry System ccecccsscesssessesssesseesseessessseesesseessesssecs 3 27 Door LOCKS iaa oss ie t T EA he dessin O dh sheet teats 3 33 Liftgate o D00 D AE ice taie cet 3 38 Trunk Lid 4 Door sennen a nn E TER 3 41 Inside Trunk Release Lever ccccccccsccceseeeseceseeeeseeeseeseseesees 3 43 P wer Windowsen niana n e
109. turbocharged engine FETE Inflation pressure Tire size Front Rear P205 55R16 89H 240 kPa 35 psi 240 kPa 35 psi P205 50R17 88V 220 kPa 32 psi 220 kPa 32 psi 2 3 liter turbocharged engine kere Inflation pressure Tire size Front Rear P225 40R18 88Y 240 kPa 35 psi 230 kPa 34 psi Temporary spare tire Tire size Inflation pressure T115 70D15 90M 420 kPa 60 psi T125 70D16 96M 420 kPa 60 psi T125 70D17 98M 420 kPa 60 psi WV Fuses Refer to the fuse rating on page 8 54 10 11 Personalization Features Personalization Features The following Personalization Features are available These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Setting Available customization Initial Setting After Setting Change The headlight illumination on off timing based Auto headlight on off on the surrounding lightness darkness can be 2000 4000 Ix 1000 2000 Ix changed Turn indicator The volume level of the turn indicator can be High Low Deactivated changed Key reminder The volume of the key reminder warning alarm High Law warning alarm can be changed Lights on reminder The volume of the lights on reminder warning High Low Deactivated warning alarm alarm can be changed The time required for the interior lamp to turn off automatically after all the doors are closed 15 seconds 7 5 30 60 seconds can be changed The fun
110. use chains on a temporary spare tire it may result in damage to the vehicle and to the tire gt Do not use chains on roads that are free of snow or ice The tires and chains could be damaged gt Chains may scratch or chip aluminum wheels NOTE e Use of tire chains on a vehicle equipped with P225 40R18 specification tires could cause interference with the vehicle body and scratching If tire chains are to be used replace both front and rear tires with P 205 50R17 tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Ifyour vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tire chains Install the chains on the front tires Do not use chains on the rear tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Installing the chains 1 Remove the wheel covers or the chain bands will scratch them 2 Secure the chains on the front tires as tightly as possible Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions 3 Retighten the chains after driving 1 2 1 km 1 4 1 2 mile Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving In Flooded Area A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the br
111. window and or the moonroof open e Driving on bumpy roads e Noise outside of the vehicle is loud Construction sites inside tunnels excess oncoming traffic or heavy rain e Operation noise from turn signals wipers or the horn is heard e A C airflow is strong or wind is blowing on the microphone e There is noise coming from cargo loaded in the vehicle e Voice commands may not be recognized depending on the voice If the voice commands are not recognized correctly repeat the commands in a louder voice at a natural pace as if speaking to another person e Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Speak in the wording specified by the voice commands 6 73 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE If the voice recognition performance is not satisfactory refer to Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment page 6 90 Please be aware that the voice recognition may still make an error despite following the above points V Function Restrictions While Using Bluetooth Hands Free Some functions are limited while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used They include e Beep sound and voice guidance related to the audio unit are not heard e Beep sound related to the A C operation is not heard V How to Use This Section Descriptions in the text are as follows Say Voice commands to be spoken by you Prompt Voice guida
112. 0 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 Use SAE 5W 30 engine oil 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and Castrol U S A and Mexico For optimal engine performance there are certain types of engine oils and filters suitable for your vehicle Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer U S A and CANADA ILSAC Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 30 Except U S A and CANADA ILSAC 8 19 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 30 V Inspecting Engine Oil Level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface 2 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature 3 Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes for t
113. 15 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform As explained in the Introduction page 8 2 several procedures can be done only by a qualified service technician with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work Have maintenance work done by a qualified technician Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you must run the engine while working under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engin
114. 17 inch 1 530 mm 60 2 in 16 inch 1 520 mm 59 8 in Rear tread 17 inch 1 515 mm 59 6 in Wheelbase 2 640 mm 103 9 in 10 6 5 Door Except 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Item Specifications Vehicle specification Without license plate 4 490 mm 176 8 in Overall length holder With license plate holder 4 505 mm 177 4 in Overall width 1 755 mm 69 1 in Overall height 1 470 mm 57 9 in Front tread 1 530 mm 60 2 in Rear tread 1 515 mm 59 6 in Wheelbase 2 640 mm 103 9 in 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 510 mm 177 6 in Overall width 1 770 mm 69 7 in Overall height 1 460 mm 57 5 in Front tread 1 535 mm 60 4 in Rear tread 1 525 mm 60 0 in Wheelbase 2 640 mm 103 9 in V Weights Except Mexico 4 Door 2 0 liter engine Weight Item Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 768 kg 3 898 Ibs 1 800 kg 3 968 Ibs Front GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 933 kg 2 057 Ibs 835 kg 1 841 Ibs 967 kg 2 132 Ibs 833 kg 1 836 lbs 2 5 liter engine Weight Item Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 816 kg 4 004 Ibs 1 851 kg 4 081 Ibs A Front GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating 971 kg 2 141 Ibs 1 002 kg
115. 6 2722 TEL 787 641 9300 V MEXICO Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa TEL Center of Attention to Clients 01 800 016 2932 in Mexico Y GUAM Triple J Motors 157 South Marine Drive Tamuning GUAM 96911 USA P O Box 6066 Tamuning Guam 96931 TEL 671 649 6555 V SAIPAN Pacific International Marianas Inc d b a Midway Motors P O Box 887 Saipan MP 96950 TEL 670 234 7524 9 13 Customer Information Mazda Importer Distributors Triple J Saipan Inc d b a Triple J Motors P O Box 500487 Saipan MP 96950 0487 TEL 670 234 7133 3051 V AMERICAN SAMOA Polynesia Motors Inc P O Box 1120 Pago Pago American Samoa 96799 TEL 684 699 9347 9 14 Warranties for Your Mazda Customer Information Warranty New Vehicle Limited Warranty Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty Canada only Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty Anti perforation Limited Warranty Federal Emission Control Warranty U S A only e Emission Defect Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty California Emission Control Warranty U S A only Emission Control Warranty Canada only Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty Tire Warranty NOTE Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda 9 15 Customer Information Warranty Outside the United States Government regulations in the United Stat
116. 815 kg 4 001 Ibs 1 845 kg 4 067 lbs GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Front 970 kg 2 138 lbs 1 000 kg 2 205 Ibs Rear 845 kg 1 863 Ibs 845 kg 1 863 lbs ae Front 970 kg 2 138 Ibs 1 000 kg 2 205 Ibs GAW Permissible axle load Rear 850 kg 1 874 lbs 850 kg 1 874 Ibs 5 Door 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Item Specifications Weight GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 922 kg 4 237 lbs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Front 1 062 kg 2 341 Ibs Rear 860 kg 1 896 Ibs 2 5 liter engine Weight Item Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle Total 1 835 kg 4 045 Ibs 1 860 kg 4 101 Ibs GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Front 975 kg 2 149 Ibs 1 005 kg 2 216 Ibs Rear 860 kg 1 896 Ibs 855 kg 1 885 lbs Front 975 kg 2 149 Ib 1 005 kg 2 216 lb GAW Permissible axle load ae eQ 2 eQ 5 Rear 865 kg 1 907 Ibs 860 kg 1 896 lbs V Air Conditioner Item Classification Refrigerant Type HFC134a R 134a 10 9 Specifications V Light Bulbs Exterior light Category Light bulb pea Wattage ECE R SAE Hal High beam 60 HB3 9005 alogen Headlights 8 Low beam 35 HI Hl Xenon fusion bulb High Low beam 35 D2S D2S Daytime running lights Canada 35 H8 H8 Halogen Xenon fusion bulb Front turn signal With daytime running ligh
117. Audio adjustments other than audio volume can only be done using the portable audio device e Ifthe connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur Interior Comfort Audio System Safety Certification This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S Department of Health and Human Services A CAUTION gt This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service personnel If servicing is required contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit removed gt Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment NOTE For CD player section This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide
118. E When GO BACK is selected and the audio control dial is pressed the display returns to LINK CHANGE Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio 6 If the link to the desired device is successful the 4 symbol is displayed again together with LINK CHANGED LINK CHANGED is displayed for three seconds then it returns to the normal display NOTE e Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fA symbol is displayed Ifa hands free type mobile phone has been the most recently programmed device the Bluetooth unit links this device If you would like to use a Bluetooth audio type device which has been previously programmed to the Bluetooth unit the link must be changed to this device Ifan error occurs while trying to link a device Err flashes in the display for three seconds and the display returns to LINK CHANGE If this occurs check the programming status of the Bluetooth audio device and the location of the device in the vehicle not in the trunk or a metal type box and then try the link operation again e Device selection can also be done using voice recognition page 6 86 How to confirm the device currently linked Switch to the link change mode Refer to Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio device The device name displayed first is the device which is currently linked 6 67 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Dele
119. EGION QUEBEC 6111 ROUTE TRANS NEW BRUNSWICK CANADIENNE NOVA SCOTIA POINTE CLAIRE QUEBEC PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND HOR 5A5 NEWFOUNDLAND 514 694 6390 9 9 Customer Information Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Puerto Rico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business That is why all Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VSTEP 1 Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER V STEP 2 If after following STEP 1 you feel the need for further assistance please contact your area s Mazda representative Indicated on the next page Please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s 9 10 Customer Informa
120. ENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT ZF SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 5 AVANT ARRI RE 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib SIZE PRESSION DES PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID MANUAL FOR AVANT P4195 70R14 200kPa 29psi fia BEE VOIR LE MANUEL ABRIERE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER SPARE f POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS T125 70D15 420 kPa 60 psi RENSEIGNEMENTS CARGO Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants The cargo weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed value on the tire label 9 37 Customer Information Tire Information U S A Examples Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg 150 lbs and a value of 385 kg 849 Ibs for the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 kg 150 lbs 317 kg 699 Ibs The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 x 2 kg 150 x 2 Ibs 249 kg 549 Ibs If the weight of the occupant increases the cargo weight limit
121. HECK TIRE PRESSURE Interior Comfort Interior Equipment e RELEASE PARKING BRAKE e Advanced Keyless Entry System related e KEY BATTERY IS LOW e ADVANCED KEY NOT FOUND e MOVE SHIFT LEVER TO P e STEERING WHEEL LOCK NOT RELEASED TURN WHEEL LEFT AND RIGHT e DEPRESS BRAKE PEDAL TO START ENGINE e DEPRESS CLUTCH PEDAL TO START ENGINE e USE AUXILIARY KEY NOTE When more than two warnings occur at the same time indicators are switched at each specified time V Settings The following settings can be changed e Buzzer volume Ignition key reminder lights on reminder e Turn indicator sound e Distance unit e Temperature unit e Display language The data for the trip computer average fuel economy and the average vehicle speed can also be changed To change settings 1 Press the INFO switch until the SETTINGS screen is displayed 2 Select PREFERENCES by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 3 Select the setting item you want to change by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 6 107 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 4 Select the desired setting by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch NOTE The buzzer volume for both the ignition key reminder and the lights on reminder is changed simultaneously If you prefer separate buzzer volume sett
122. I When the seek tuning button W is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the current program When the seek tuning button W is pressed twice playback starts from the beginning of the previous program When the seek tuning button W is pressed for about 1 5 seconds or longer the program is reversed while the button is being pressed When the seek tuning button A is pressed about 1 5 seconds playback starts from the beginning of the next program When the seek tuning button A is pressed about 1 5 seconds while the last program is being played the instant replay mode is cancelled When the seek tuning button A is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer the program is fast forwarded while the button is being pressed When pressing and holding the button until the end of the program the instant replay mode is cancelled When the instant replay button is pressed again playback is paused or playback starts if it has been paused Instant replay PAUSE If the instant replay button is pressed while the instant replay mode is off instant replay mode is turned on in a paused condition PAUSE Press the instant replay button again to resume playback from the point at which it was paused NOTE If the channel is changed the instant replay buffer data is deleted After turning on the power and switching to SIRIUS digital satellite radio mode the instant replay mode is not availabl
123. Light I i ry If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time 2 21 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 2 22 A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep soun
124. MVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings However before you can proceed with CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously 9 8 Customer Information Customer Assistance CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the Provincial Administrator at 1 800 207 0685 or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan 235 Yorkland Boulevard suite 300 North York Ontario M2J 4Y8 http camvap ca Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below Province Territory British Columbia amp Yukon Territories CAMVAP Number 1 800 207 0685 Alberta amp Northwest Territories 1 800 207 0685 Saskatchewan 1 800 207 0685 Manitoba 1 800 207 0685 Ontario 1 800 207 0685 Atlantic Canada 1 800 207 0685 Quebec 1 800 207 0685 V Regional Offices REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED MAZDA CANADA INC WESTERN REGION ALBERTA 8171 ACKROYD ROAD BRITISH COLUMBIA SUITE 2000 MANITOBA RICHMOND B C SASKATCHEWAN V6X 3K1 YUKON 604 303 5670 MAZDA CANADA INC CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION 55 VOGELL ROAD RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO ONTARIO L4B 3K5 905 787 7000 MAZDA CANADA INC QUEBEC R
125. Mazda Doors and Locks Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate trunk lid is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm Press any button on the transmitter 3 29 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Declaration of Conformity Keyless entry system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secun
126. NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Vv System Error Activation When the TPMS warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A system error activation may occur in the following cases e When there is equipment or a device near the vehicle using the same radio frequency as that of the tire pressure sensors e When using the following devices in the vehicle that may cause radio interference with the receiver unit e A digital device such as a personal computer e A current converter device such as a DC AC converter e When excess snow or ice adheres to the vehicle especially around the wheels e When the tire pressure sensor batteries are exhausted e When using a wheel with no tire pressure sensor installed e When using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the side walls e When using tire chains 5 34 YW Tires and Wheels A CAUTION When inspecting or adjusting the tire air pressures do not apply excessive force to the stem part of the wheel unit The stem part could be damaged Changing tires and wheels The following procedure allows the TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor s unique ID signal co
127. New entry 5 Prompt Name please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 7 Prompt Adding XXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 10 Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Other for the desired location to be registered 11 Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 6 80 13 Prompt Number please 14 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXKXX Say the phone number to be registered 15 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Phone number registration After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to save the number 16 Registration Press the pick up button or say Enter then go to Step 17 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 15 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 13 17 Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry 18 Say Beep Yes or No 19 If Yes an additional phone number registration can be made for the same entry If
128. Not in Park P position Lock all doors Park P position Inoperable The function for unlocking the doors nase simultaneously when the ignition is switched Unlock all doors Puleck driver door Inoperable off can be changed The method for unlocking doors using the retractable key can be selected Peer ae The time required for the doors to relock automatically after unlocking with the 30 seconds 60 90 seconds transmitter can be changed Keyless entry The function allowing the horn to sound automatically when the doors are locked by i Activated Deactivated pressing the transmitter two times consecutively can be deactivated The hazard warning lights can be deactivated so that they do not flash when the doors are Activated Deactivated locked unlocked 10 13 Personalization Features Setting Available customization Initial Setting After Setting Change The function to automatically lock doors when leaving the vehicle while carrying the key can Deactivated Activated be activated The advanced key s remaining battery level warning light in the instrument cluster can be Activated Deactivated deactivated The volume of the answer back beep during High Low Deactivated keyless entry system operation can be adjusted The volume of the warning beep for the High Eoy Advanced keyless advanced keyless entry system can be adjusted 8 entry The function allowing the p
129. PAIR DELETED is displayed for three seconds after the deletion is completed and then it returns to the normal display NOTE If an error occurs while trying to delete the programmed device Err flashes in the display for three seconds and the display returns to LINK DELETE Bluetooth audio device information display 1 Using the audio control dial select the pair device information display mode DEVICE INFO in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode 3 The name of the Bluetooth unit device is displayed 4 Rotate the audio control dial to select the information for the Bluetooth unit which you would like to view Device name BT address CO BACK NOTE When GO BACK is selected and the audio control dial is pressed the display returns to DEVICE INFO Y How to Use the Bluetooth Audio System Switching to Bluetooth audio mode To listen to music or voice audio recorded to a Bluetooth audio device switch to the Bluetooth audio mode to operate the audio device using the audio system control panel Any Bluetooth audio device must be programmed to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be used Refer to Bluetooth audio device programming 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio 2 Turn on the Bluetooth audio d
130. PMAIM05 616 3 59 Knowing Your Mazda Security System VY Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every two seconds until the system is disarmed on Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key The security indicator light illuminates for about three seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 60 NOTE e If the security indicator light illuminates and stays on or flashes when the ignition is switched ON the engine will not start e Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper key and your engine fails to start check the security indicator light If it is flashing remove the ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more then reinsert it and try starting the engine again If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer e If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If you shut off the engine while the light is flashing y
131. PSI COLDIA FROID I KPAI PSI COLD A FROID VNo TYPE BAR CODE C J A WARNING Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle or loss of control Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage 9 39 Customer Information Tire Information U S A GCW GCW Gross Combination Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage The GCW must never exceed the GCWR A WARNING Exceeding GVWR or GAWR Specifications Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident injury or damage to the vehicle Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit
132. R Engine oil filter R R R R RIJ RI RIRIRI _RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I ne FL22 type Replace at first eeo i X after that every Others R R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses ig I Hoses and tubes for emission r I Fuel filter R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function ofall lights a eee ta ea ee a CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections Brake fluid level Brake fluid Disc brakes I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T Exhaust system and heat shields I All locks and hinges L L Washer fluid level I I 8 13 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 Cabin air filter E R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R
133. Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 8 14 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible Y When Refueling e Brake and clutch fluid level page 8 23 e Engine coolant level page 8 21 e Engine oil level page 8 20 e Washer fluid level page 8 26 Y At Least Monthly Tire inflation pressures page 8 36 Y At Least Twice a Year For Example Every Spring and Fall e Automatic transaxle fluid level page 8 24 e Power steering fluid level page 8 24 You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual e Engine coolant page 8 21 e Engine oil page 8 18 8
134. SURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE e 9 26 Customer Information Tire Information U S A V Information on Temporary Tires Please refer to the sample below N PP lt o 1S4 09 OL x ES OY 1 Temporary tires 2 Nominal width of tire in millimeters 3 Ratio of height to width aspect ratio 4 Diagonal 5 Rim diameter code 6 Load index amp speed symbol T115 70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example T Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA us 115 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 9 27 Customer Information Tire Information U S A 70 70 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width D D is the tire construction symbol D indicates diagonal ply construction 16 16 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 90 90 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support M M is the speed rating The speed ratin
135. The push button start is in any position except off position Trunk button 4 door To open the trunk press and hold the trunk button until the trunk lid opens Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently e The hazard warning lights flash NOTE However if the driver is too close to the vehicle the panic button may not function Turning off the alarm The alarm stops by pressing any button on the transmitter 3 19 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Declaration of Conformity Keyless entry system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Indu
136. Tire Pressure Monitoring System The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire NOTE Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it With Tire Pressure Monitoring System e Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed page 5 34 a Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transaxle in Park P a manual transaxle in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 4 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 5 Remove the jack tool and spare tire page 7 3 6 Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire When blocking a wheel place a tire block both in front and behind the tire NOTE When blocking a tire use rocks or wood blocks of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in place 7 10 V Removing a Flat Tire 1 If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel cover pry off the wheel cover with the beveled end of the lug wrench NOTE Force the end of the lug wrench firmly between wheel and cover or removal will be difficult A CAUTION There is a valve stem mark inside the whe
137. Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened Maintenance e Always keep the jack clean e Make sure the moving parts are kept free from dirt or rust e Make sure the screw thread is adequately lubricated Vv Spare Tire Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire The temporary spare tire is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire and is designed only for emergency use and should be used only for VERY short periods Temporary spare tires should NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods A WARNING Do not install the temporary spare tire on the front wheels driving wheels Driving with the temporary spare tire on one of the front driving wheels is dangerous Handling will be affected You could lose control of the vehicle especially on ice or snow bound roads and have an accident Move a regular tire to the front wheel and install the temporary spare tire to the rear A CAUTION gt When using the temporary spare tire driving stability may decrease compared to when using only the conventional tire Drive carefully gt To avoid damage to the temporary spare tire or to the vehicle observe the following precautions gt gt Do not exceed 80 km h 50 mph Avoid driving over obstacles Also do not drive through an automatic car wash This tire s diameter i
138. Zoom Zoom All children instinctively know it A few adults still remember it One unique car company refuses to outgrow it In grown up language it means the exhilaration and liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion But as usual children put it much better and simply call it Go Zoom Zoom We practice it every day It s why we build the kind of cars we do Zoom Zoom Can we re awaken it in you today A Word to Mazda Owners Thank you for choosing a Mazda We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best So when maintenance or service is necessary that s the place to go Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product Mazda Motor Corporation HIROSHIMA JAPAN Important Notes About This Manual Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda Should you resell the vehicle leave this manual with it for the next owner All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing Because improvement is a constant goal at Mazda we reserve the ri
139. a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 23 Vv Temporary Spare Tire Inspect the temporary spare tire at least monthly to make sure it s properly inflated and stored NOTE The temporary spare tire condition gradually deteriorates even if it has not been used The temporary spare tire is easier to handle because of its construction which is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire This tire should be used only for an emergency and only for a short distance Use the temporary spare tire only until the conventional tire is repaired which should be as soon as possible Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa 4 2 kgf cm or bar 60 psi A CAUTION gt Do not use your temporary spare tire rim with a snow tire ora conventional tire Neither will properly fit and could damage both t
140. achieve recommended air pressure nA FW N If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 6 Replace the valve cap 7 Repeat with each tire including the spare NOTE Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure 8 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 9 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts bulges cracks or other irregularities NOTE Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Under inflation can cause serious failures and accidents Over inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards 9 30 Customer Information Tire Information U S A VY Glossary of Terms Tire Placard A label indicating the OE tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Inflation Pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire kPa Kilopascal the metric unit for air pressure psi Pounds per square inch the English unit for air pressure B pillar The structural member at the side of th
141. add fluid until it reaches MAX Before adding fluid thoroughly clean the area around the cap A CAUTION gt Brake and clutch fluid will damage painted surfaces If brake or clutch fluid does get ona painted surface wash it off with water immediately gt Using nonspecified brake and clutch fluids page 10 4 will damage the systems Mixing different fluids will also damage them If the brake clutch system frequently requires new fluid consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 23 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Power Steering Fluid Y Inspecting Power Steering Fluid Level A CAUTION To avoid damage to the power steering pump don t operate the vehicle for long periods when the power steering fluid level is low NOTE Use specified power steering fluid page 10 4 Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at each engine oil change with the engine off and cold Add fluid if necessary it does not require periodic changing The level must be kept between MIN and MAX Visually examine the lines and hoses for leaks and damage If new fluid is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 24 Some models Automatic Transaxle Fluid ATF V Inspecting Automatic Transaxle Fluid Level The automatic transaxle fluid level should be inspected regularly Measure it as described below A CAUTION gt Always check the automatic transaxle fluid level according to the fo
142. adequate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat If you sell your Mazda do not leave your seat belt extender in the vehicle It could be used accidentally by the new owner of the vehicle After removing the seat belt extender discard it Never use the seat belt extender in any other vehicle you may own in the future Do not use an extender that is too long Using an extender that is too long is dangerous The seat belt will not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender s buckle and the center of the user s body is less than 15 cm 6 in 2 23 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not leave a seat belt extender connected to the buckle Leaving a seat belt extender connected to the buckle without using the seat belt is dangerous When the seat belt extender is connected to the driver s seat belt buckle or front passenger seat the SRS driver s or front passenger s air bag system will determine that the driver or front passenger is wearing the seat belt even if the driver or front passenger is not wearing it This condition could cause the driver s or front passenger s air bag t
143. adwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A UTQGS MARK example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 9 22 Customer Information Tire Information U S A Tire Labeling Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall YV Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires Please refer to the sample below TIN U S DOT tire identification number Passenger car tire Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio Radial Run flat tire Rim diameter code Load index amp speed symbol O ONDA BF WN Severe snow conditions 10 Tire ply composition and materials used 9 23 Customer Information Tire Information U S A 11 Max load rating 12 Tread wear traction and temperature grades 13 Max permissible inflation pressure 14 SAFETY WARNING P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example P Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA
144. aea E EKE 3 7 Warning and beep sounds 3 22 When warning indicator beep is activated ireira 3 25 Air Bag Systems cceeceseereeteeees 2 43 Antena sesiis 6 16 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 8 Warning light 2 0 0 0 eceeeeeereeees 5 9 Appearance Care ecceseeseeeeeeeneees 8 60 Audio System ccececeeeeseseeteees 6 16 Audio control switch 0 6 56 Adio Setai reiini 6 27 AUX mode osonei e ei 6 59 Operating tips for audio SyS e o e a E 6 17 Safety certification 0 ce 6 61 Automatic Transaxle Driving tips sesers 5 19 Fluids n an n 8 24 Manual shift mode 5 16 Shift lock override cece 5 15 Shift lock system 0 0 0 5 15 Transaxle ranges sessen 5 14 11 2 B Battery Emergency starting 0 0 7 17 Maintenance s s 8 31 Specifications cceceeeeseeeeeee 10 4 Beep Sounds Ignition key reminder 5 57 Lights on reminder e0 5 57 Seat belt warning ceeeeee 5 57 Tire inflation pressure warning 5 58 Before Starting the Engine 4 6 After getting 1m eeeeeeeeee 4 6 Before getting in 00 eee 4 6 Bluetooth Audio 20 0 eeceeeeeseeeees 6 62 Bluetooth Hands Free ee 6 71 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free OPCratiON peciau ieia 6 75 Convenient use of the hands free SYSTEM bua ora a a as eisi 6 80 Hands free setting c eee 6 86 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free CUStOME SETVICE ee
145. affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours After removing the newspaper rinse off the loosened debris with water Y Water Marks Occurrence Rain fog dew and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime If moisture containing these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates the minerals will concentrate and harden to form white rings The rings can damage your vehicle s finish Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle s finish V Paint Chipping Occurrence Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in the air by another vehicle s tires hits your vehicle How to avoid paint chipping Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE The paint chipping zone varies with the speed of the vehicle For example when traveling at 90 km h 56 mph the paint chipping zone is 50 m 164 ft e In low temperatures a vehicle s finish hardens This increases the chance of paint chipping e Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda Before this happens repair the damage by using Mazda touch up paint according to the instructions in this section Failure to repair the affected area c
146. akes have been affected A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as it could cause short circuiting of electrical electronic parts or engine damage or stalling from water absorption If the vehicle has been immersed in water consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 4 11 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Overloading A WARNING Be careful not to overload your vehicle The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can estimate the weight of your load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle 4 12 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving on Uneven Road Your vehicle s suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps Use care not to damage the vehicle s underbody bumpers or muffler s when driving under the following conditions e Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle e Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class leading performance and handling As a result the sidewall of the tires are very thin a
147. al Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident The front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag which could result in serious injury Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions for example gt A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet gt Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom gt The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback reclined too far gt Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat bel
148. al Transaxle Operation V Manual Transaxle Shift Pattern 5 speed transaxle 135 2 4A Neutral position 6 speed transaxle R135 2 46 Neutral position The vehicle is equipped with either a 5 speed or 6 speed manual transaxle The shift pattern for each is shown above Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting then release it slowly 5 speed transaxle A safety feature prevents accidental shifting from 5 to R reverse The shift lever must be put in neutral before being shifted to R Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 6 speed transaxle Vehicles with 6 speed transaxle are equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R reverse by mistake Push the shift lever downward and shift to R A WARNING Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Be sure to leave the shift lever in1 or R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident 5 11 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving CAUTION gt Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears Also do not use the clutch to h
149. all can also be done Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Swap calls 3 Prompt Swapping calls Three way call function 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Join calls 3 Prompt Joining calls Making a call using a telephone number 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXKX Telephone number 5 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to execute dialing Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Dialing Press the pick up button or say Dial then go to Step 7 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 5 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 3 7 Prompt Dialing Making calls using the phonebook 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s
150. amage V Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4 full Full N EO B F Eee Eee eee eee OR E E S f 1 4 Full JE BOF Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators If the gauge indicates that the fuel level is near E refuel as soon as possible NOTE e After refueling it may require some time for the indicator to stabilize In addition the indicator may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank The direction of the arrow W indicates that the fuel filler lid is on the right side of the vehicle VY Boost Gauge 2 3 liter turbocharged engine The turbo s charging pressure is displayed while driving Boost Gauge Selector auni Odometer Trip meter NOTE Display of the turbo s charging pressure can be switched off using the following operation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Press the selector six times within five seconds ON is displayed in the odometer trip meter If the selector is pressed while ON is displayed OFF is displayed 3 Press the selector for 1 second or longer while OFF is displayed To turn the display on press the selector as in Step 2 until ON is displayed then press the selector again for 1 second or longer while ON is displayed 5 39 Driving Your Mazda Instrume
151. an also be done by operating the audio unit Refer to Bluetooth Audio Preparation page 6 63 e Depending on the device the registration status may be lost after a certain period of time If this occurs repeat the entire process from Step 1 YV Making a Call Using a Telephone Number NOTE Practice this while parked until you are confident you can do it while driving in a non taxing road situation If you are not completely comfortable make all calls from a safe parking position and move out only when fully under control and you can devote your eyes and mind to driving 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXKXXKX Telephone number 6 78 5 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to execute dialing 6 Dialing Press the pick up button or say Dial then go to Step 7 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 5 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 3 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Dial command and a telephone number can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Dial 123 4567 then
152. and Driving VY Transaxle Ranges The shift lever must be in P or N to operate the starter P Park P locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating A WARNING Always set the shift lever to P and set the parking brake Only setting the shift lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous If P fails to hold the vehicle could move and cause an accident CAUTION gt Shifting into P N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transaxle gt Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transaxle R Reverse In position R the vehicle moves only backward You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle page 4 9 N Neutral In N the wheels and transaxle are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on A WARNING If the engine is running faster than idle do not shift from N or P into a driving gear It s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle If this is done the vehicle could move suddenly causing an accident or serious injury Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Shifting into N while driving is dangerous Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerati
153. and cause serious injury NOTE Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling where temperatures may drop below freezing Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the MAX and MIN marks on the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If it s at or near MIN add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to MAX 8 21 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance CAUTION gt Radiator coolant will damage paint Rinse it off quickly if spilled gt Use only soft demineralized water in the coolant mixture Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant s effectiveness gt Don t add only water Always add a proper coolant mixture gt The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing gt DO NOT USE coolants Containing Alcohol methanol Borate or Silicate These coolants could damage the cooling system gt DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant This could damage the cooling s
154. and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 61 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft The keys operate all locks With keyless entry system Retractable type key __ gt Key code number plate 3 26 Without keyless entry system CJ C Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key NOTE Write down the code number and keep it in a separate safe and convenient place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready e Some types of key chains cannot be attached to the retractable type key In this case use the key ring provided with the transmitter which has the key code number plate attached Key ring Key extend retract method Retractable type key To extend the key press the release button To retract the key rotate it into the holder while pressing the release button Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Keyless Entry System This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and the liftgate and opens the trunk lid It can also help you signal for attention Operating the theft deterrent system with the keyless entry system transmitter is also possible o
155. anism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag as mentioned above For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 2 49 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 56 V Side Air Bags The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit The side air bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 56 2 50 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Curtain A
156. ansaxle or in 1st gear or R manual transaxle Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition off setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P automatic transaxle or to ist gear or R manual transaxle is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur which could result in an accident In addition if your intention is to leave the vehicle for even a short period it is important to switch the ignition off as leaving it in another position will disable some of the vehicle s security systems and run the battery down ACC Accessory Some electrical accessories will operate and the indicator light ACC illuminates In addition for vehicles equipped with the steering column lock function the steering wheel unlocks NOTE The advanced keyless entry system does not function while the push button start has been pressed to ACC and the doors will not lock unlock even if they have been locked manually ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started The indicator light ON turns off The indicator light ON illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and the engine is not running The warning lights except brakes should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 41 NOTE With headlight auto leveling When the push button start is pressed to the ON position the sound of the headlight leveling motors operating at the front of the engine compartment can
157. arm and turn the blade assembly to expose the plastic locking clip Compress the clip and slide the assembly downward then lift it off the US r a O ESS Plastic locking clip A CAUTION To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the windshield io 28 2 Hold the end of the rubber and pull until the tabs are free of the metal support Metal support Tab A 3 Remove the metal stiffener from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade SW A CAUTION gt Don t bend or discard the stiffener You need to use them again gt If the metal stiffeners are switched the blade s wiping efficiency could be reduced So don t use the driver s side metal stiffener on the passenger s side or vice versa gt Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffener in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber 4 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal NOTE Install the blade so that the tabs are toward the bottom of the wiper arm V Replacing Rear Wiper Blade 5 Door When the wiper no longer cleans well the blade is probably worn or cracked Replace it Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arm and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand 1 Remove the cover and rais
158. as elapsed Average vehicle speed This mode displays the average vehicle speed by calculating the distance and the time traveled since connecting the battery or resetting the data 6 101 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment The average vehicle speed will be calculated every 10 seconds 70 F 14 88AM AVG FUEL ECONOMY 25 0 mpg AVG SPEED 45 mph To erase the displayed data Refer to Settings on page 6 107 After erasing the calculated average vehicle speed in km h mph is displayed after 1 minute has elapsed Current fuel economy This mode displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled The current fuel economy will be calculated every 2 seconds 78 F 16 06 A CURRENT FUEL ECON 34 0 mpg RANGE 235 miles When you ve slowed to about 5 km h 3 mph L 100 km mpg will be displayed 6 102 Distance to empty This mode displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy The distance to empty will be calculated every second 78 F 16 66AM CURRENT FUEL ECON 34 0 mpg RANGE 235 miles NOTE e Even though the distance to empty display may indicate a sufficient amount of remaining driving distance before refueling is required refuel as soon as possible if the fuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuel warning light illuminates The display will
159. at reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright To change the seatback angle press the front or rear side of the reclining switch Release the switch at the desired position ij A E A V Height Adjustment To adjust the seat height move the switch up or down te A WARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks or place articles on the rear package tray or on the luggage compartment cover Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks and placing articles on the rear package tray or on the luggage compartment cover is dangerous During sudden braking or a collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that may hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe inj
160. at belt is fastened before the ignition is switched ON Belt minder NOTE Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate or restore the belt minder Though the belt minder can be deactivated doing so will defeat the purpose of the system to warn the driver and the front passenger in the event that their seat belts are not fastened For the safety of the driver and front passenger Mazda recommends not deactivating the belt minder 5 48 Driver seated Front passenger not seated The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning function If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON the warning light beep operates to give you further reminders according to the chart below 1 The belt minder operates according to the chart below even if the front passenger is seated Without Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Vehicle speed Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more O x O Condition Seat belt Driver Indicator A O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated amp Flashing P Beep Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Driver seated Front passenger seated T
161. ate opener button has been pressed the liftgate cannot be raised any more from its slightly raised position Press the electric liftgate opener button again to fully open the liftgate To close the liftgate from its slightly raised position open it first by pressing the electric liftgate opener button and waiting for 1 second or longer then close it The sound of the latch may be heard for a few seconds after the electric liftgate opener has been pressed however this does not indicate a malfunction Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks When the liftgate cannot be opened If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a malfunction in the electrical system and the liftgate cannot be unlocked perform the following procedure as an emergency measure to unlock it 1 Fold down the rear seatbacks Refer to Split Folding Rear Seatback on page 2 8 2 Remove the cap on the interior surface of the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver ee iN 2 j a 3 Turn the lever to the right to unlock the liftgate he SS ay After performing this emergency measure have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 3 39 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Closing the liftgate Use both hands to push the liftgate down until the lock snaps shut Do not slam it Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is securely latched Vv Luggage Compartment A WARNING Do
162. ation 1 88 1 ws CO 6 19 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating Tips for CD Player In Dash CD Changer Condensation phenomenon Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the CD player In dash CD changer may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the CD player In dash CD changer The following precautions should be observed e Do not spill any liquid on the audio system e Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot 6 20 e The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never be used e Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction e Ifthe memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent e Anew CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the CD player In dash CD changer will not play the CD In addition the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Remo
163. ave to use the auxiliary key to start the engine instead page 3 25 3 14 A CAUTION If the KEY warning light red illuminates and the push button start indicator light red illuminates this could indicate a problem with the engine starting system and the inability to start the engine or switch the ignition to ACC or ON Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE e Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the push button start will not switch to ACC even if it is pressed from off The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is out of operational range The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range Forced engine starting method If the KEY warning light red and the push button start indicator light red illuminate when the brake pedal Automatic transaxle or the clutch pedal Manual transaxle is depressed to start the engine the engine may not start using these methods Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If this occurs the engine can be force started Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts Other procedures necessary for startin
164. be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 17 VY Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 27 Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the driver s door lock knob refer to Power Door Locks page 3 34 Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Switch The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the door lock switch refer to Power Door Locks page 3 34 Y Opening and Closing the Liftgate NOTE With advanced key When using the advanced keyless function to open the liftgate refer to Opening the liftgate page 3 11 Opening the liftgate Grasp the lower end of the liftgate press the electric liftgate opener on the liftgate and then raise the liftgate when the latch releases Electric liftgate opener While the ignition is switched ON the liftgate can be opened only when the vehicle is stopped with the parking brake applied manual transaxle or with the selector lever in the P position automatic transaxle NOTE When the liftgate is unlocked by pressing the electric liftgate opener button the liftgate raises slightly to allow it to be opened If the liftgate is not operated for a certain period of time after the electric liftg
165. belts are fully pulled out from under the seatbacks A seat belt caught under a seatback after the seatback is returned to its upright position is dangerous Ina collision or sudden stop the seat belt cannot provide adequate protection When returning the seatback to the upright position make sure there is no red indication A rear seatback not fully returned and locked in the upright position is dangerous Sudden stops or maneuvering could cause a seatback to flip forward suddenly resulting in injury If the red indicator is visible on the back of the rear seatback knob the seatback is not locked in the upright position Locked position a ee ff y e Unlocked position Red indicator Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Armrest The rear armrest in the center of the rear seatback can be used no occupant in the center seat or placed upright Some models 2 9 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints on all outboard seats The head restraints are intended to help protect you and the passengers from neck injury A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Height adjustment To raise a head r
166. bility to clean windows gt To prevent damage to the wiper blades don t use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object gt If the rain sensor is struck with a hand or other object from inside the vehicle Be careful not to pinch hands or fingers as it may cause injury or damage the wipers When washing or servicing your Mazda make sure the wiper lever is in the OFF position Contamination of either the windshield or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness Common sources are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent then rinse thoroughly with clean water Repeat if necessary 8 27 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance VY Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades When the wipers no longer clean well the blades are probably worn or cracked Replace them A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand ja Raise the wiper
167. c stability control as a substitute for safe driving The dynamic stability control DSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Some models 5 27 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt The DSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed gt Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels gt Use tires of the same manufacturer brand and tread pattern on all four wheels gt Do not mix worn tires gt The DSC may not operate correctly when tire chains are used or a temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes NOTE After switching the ignition ON a clicking sound may be heard behind the dashboard This sound is the result of the DSC system self check operation and does not indicate an abnormality Vv TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 28 V DSC OFF Indicator Light DSC OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the
168. cdectevi ihe ieee T Driving In Flooded Area cccecesccesceseesseeseeeeeeseeseenseeseenneeaes Overloading i cecsceecessdess Sessedas canes n i ii Driving on Uneven Road ssssssssseseesesesssrsesesessesersrssrsesresese Turbocharger Information c ccccsccsessessessesseseesesseseseeeens TOWING ssccscssccrsesscsscssscescsssssssssssssossssssesssessssssssssssssssssessenes Trailer TOWN gy sees ieee e iets Beenie Some models 4 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Fuel Requirements Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Premium unleaded fuel 91 R M 2 method or above 96 RON or above U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps This vehicle is designed for and requires use of premium unleaded fuel If 91 octane fuel R M 2 method 96RON is not available gasoline as low as 87 octane R M 2 method 91RON can be used temporarily for emergency purposes Use of gasoline lower than 91 octane R M 2 method 96RON can decrease performance during its use Refueling the vehicle with the correct octane fuel a couple of times will restore vehicle performa
169. ce 10 11 Tire Chains wseis0 sccscseyavgeiiheae 4 10 Uniform tire quality grading system UTQOGS fener inean 9 21 H Roto Peoeeae errr ep strrr Cees titer ec r sted 7 3 Towing Description ccecesceeseeseeteetees 7 23 Emergency towing eee 7 23 Recreational towing 06 7 26 Trailer towing 00 0 eects 4 15 Traction Control System TCS 5 26 TCS DSC indicator light 5 27 Trailer Towing ceeeseeeceeseeseeeeeeees 4 15 Trip Meter meester ein 5 37 Trunk Lid irena 3 41 Inside trunk release lever 3 43 Tr nk Light srren iini 3 42 Turn and Lane Change Signals 5 64 Vv Vanity Mirrors cceseeseeeeteeseeeseeees 6 94 Vehicle Information Labels 10 2 Index W Air bag system occ eeeeeeeeees Automatic transaxle Brake system sses Charging system cece Check engine c ceceseeeereee Check fuel cap ccc DOOr ajar eceecesceeseeseeeeeeseeeneees Engine oil pressure e Front seat belt pretensioner SYSTE ii ss25s scncessvevcnten sete ei High engine coolant Seat belt irrena neee rrai Tire pressure monitoring SAUSI Da PTA EE tases svedes Warranty ceseco asiani Washer Fluid eecessseeseeteeeeeeees Weights een einn hea Wheel Replacement ecereee Windows Power windows s Windshield Washer eseeeeeees Windshield Wipers cccereeceees Blades replacement
170. ce commands A WARNING Perform phonebook registration related operations while the vehicle is parked Performing phonebook registration while driving the vehicle could be a distraction to your driving and result in an accident In addition a mistake in performing the phonebook operation could result in the loss of important data Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone A Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone communicates with the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle using radio transmission Bluetooth For example if the device Mobile phone is placed in a coat pocket the phone calls can be made through your mobile service without taking out and handling the device Mobile phone Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free A CAUTION The types of devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free unit are limited Therefore before purchasing or changing your device Mobile phone model consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service or visit www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for a complete list of compatible phones Devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free system need to be compliant with Bluetooth specifications and the appropriate profile However even among these Bluetooth devices Mobile phone are some which will not connect with your Mazda or will have limited function Therefore consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service for information regarding devic
171. ceiver unit in the vehicle Tire pressure sensors NOTE When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes tire temperatures are also lower When the tire temperature decreases the air pressure decreases as well The TPMS warning light may illuminate more frequently Visually inspect the tires daily before driving and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge When checking tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires regularly 5 30 Some models Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving CAUTION gt Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a si
172. ch as hardening and shrinkage Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods may cause deterioration and shrinkage When parking the car under direct sunlight for long periods shade the interior using sunshades Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for long periods as they may affect the leather quality and coloring If the cabin temperature becomes hot the vinyl may deteriorate and adhere to the genuine leather Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner Maintenance and Care Appearance Care To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh take care of it Otherwise its color will be affected it can be stained easily and its fire resistance may be reduced A CAUTION Use only recommended cleaners and procedures Others may affect appearance and fire resistance Multi information display edge panel Panel beside the multi information display Multi information display edge panel and panel beside the multi information display are fitted with panels that have been treated with a special coating that resists scratching When the panel needs to be cleaned use a soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface NOTE Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be repairable V Cleaning the Lap Sh
173. changes 2 Turn the audio control dial and select a desired mode PAIR DEVICE H y LINK CHANGE AAA PAIR DELETE v4 DENICE INFO vs Display Mode Function Pairin Bluetooth PAIR DEVICE g audio device program mode programming Changing link LINK CHANGE Dink change to Bluetooth audio device Pairin Deleting link PAIR DELETE ng to Bluetooth deletion mode audio device Device Displaying DEVICE INFO information Vehicle s display mode Bluetooth unit information CO BACK 6 64 3 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode Bluetooth audio device programming Any Bluetooth audio device must be programmed to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be listened to over the vehicle s speakers A maximum of seven devices including Bluetooth audio devices and hands free mobile phones can be programmed to one vehicle NOTE Always perform Bluetooth audio device programming while the vehicle is stopped If a Bluetooth device has already been programmed to the vehicle as a hands free mobile phone it does not need to be programmed again when using the device as a Bluetooth audio device Conversely it does not need to be programmed again as a hands free mobile phone if it has already been programmed as a Bluetooth audio device Look around to be sure other likely Bluetooth audio devices are not in range when you start to program
174. channels covering a category can be accessed Category off condition 6 38 Channel selection within a category If you are in a selected category and the channel number is displayed turning the manual tuning dial moves the channel number up down in that category e Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise Channel Up e Turn the manual tuning dial counterclockwise Channel Down NOTE The channel number needs to be indicated in the display to use manual tuning dial for this function Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample stations Scanning stops at each station for about five seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval NOTE e Unsubscribed channels invalid channels parental lock channels and channel 0 are not subject to the scan therefore these channels will be skipped automatically You can scan all channels while all categories are selected If you are ina selected category you can only scan the channels in that category Channel number channel name category artist song titles and info display Each time the display button is pressed during SIRIUS reception the display of the text data is changed over in the order shown below ij Channel number gt Channel name Info Category 1 name Song title lt Artist name NOTE Eight characters are displayed on one screen To display the rest of the characters o
175. ched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart For more details about this indicator light and this chart refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 Some models 2 61 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them Only a trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death Do not remove interior air bag parts Removing any components such as the front seats front dashboard the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous These parts contain essential air bag components The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts Dispose of the air bag properly Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury can result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how
176. child restraint system installation at other seating positions Child restraint systems with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed on the center seating position Some LATCH equipped child restraint systems can be placed in the center position and will reach the nearest LATCH lower anchors which are 400 mm 15 75 in apart LATCH compatible child restraint systems with attachments on belt webbing can be used at this seating position only if the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions state that the child restraint system can be installed to LATCH lower anchors that are 400 mm 15 75 in apart Do not attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor If your child restraint system has a tether it must also be used for your child s optimum safety Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 1 Make sure the seatback is sec
177. ck up button or talk button with a short press 2 Prompt Hands Free system is locked State the passcode to continue 3 Say Beep XXXX Say the set passcode PCode 4 If the correct passcode is input voice guidance XXXXXxX Ex Mary s device Device tag is connected is announced If the passcode is incorrect voice guidance XXXX 4 digit passcode Pcode incorrect passcode please try again is announced Canceling the passcode NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is enabled Would you like to disable it 6 Say Beep Yes 6 89 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 7 Prompt Passcode is disabled returning to main menu Confirmation Prompts The confirmation prompt confirms the command content to the user before advancing to the operation requested by the user When this function is turned on the system reads out the voice input command previously received and confirms whether the command is correct before advancing to the command execution When the confir
178. cle 1 5 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Rear 4 Door O Trunk id seinna a A EE RE E E gine ee page 3 41 DE N E O REA AE deen E O nee Gi bate page 3 64 3 NITES noan Bats a aara oe ie aa a oa a A page 8 35 Fuel filler iera a E A a page 3 47 Lightbulbs zneni aa e r hee a a eee page 8 42 1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Front 5 Door Gp 0076 Ire mre cpr eet ene ast eee eee OR act ee ene eee page 3 49 Windshield wiper blades 0 ecceeeecceesscesscessceesecescesscsesecsssecsusceeeesseeensceseeees age 8 27 p pag C3 MOOnroof epeen e ete E A E ce ee page 3 50 Door LOCK eorna aA A E I EEE page 3 33 D ETT E A E e EE T E E E page 8 35 Light bulbs cc cccsessesssseeccecesceeecseseeseesecsesseeeeseeeececsessessecsessesseeseseeeeeeeseeeeees page 8 42 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 7 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Rear 5 Door CD Rear wiper blade ccccccccscssessessesceseseceececseeseesesseesesceeessessessecsesseesenseeeseeerenes page 8 29 2 i541 Pe eee ee ee ene ee ete ee re eer ep nee mete pe fener page 3 38 3 ATMS MIN ae E cae erase ee ee page 6 16 A Pine le filler lid ve ssccseevesseesexvescesenesecseceas iavesestaysnvasersonsvvesestevensevanesvesecsseessevvet
179. containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts 2 Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic mica and solid colors 3 When waxing coat evenly with the sponge supplied or a soft cloth 4 Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not need it 8 63 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care V Repairing Damage to the Finish Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs A CAUTION If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced make sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to all parts both repaired and new This will prevent them from rusting V Bright Metal Maintenance e Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects Never do this with a knife or similar tool To prevent corrosion on bright metal surfaces apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster During cold weather or in coastal areas cover bright metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual It would also help to coat them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound A CAUTION Don t use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated o
180. ct 10 Say Beep Yes 6 84 11 Prompt The current number is XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Currently registered number New number please NOTE If there was no previous phone number registered to a location Ex Work the prompt will only read out Number please 12 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 5678 Say the new phone number to be registered 13 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 5678 The new phone number to be registered Is this correct 14 Say Beep Yes 15 Prompt Number changed returning to main menu Phonebook data deletion Erasing individual phonebook data Individual data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be cleared NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Delete 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to delete or say 99099 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say the registered voice tag to be deleted from the phonebook 7 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Ho
181. ct the desired ALC mode Mode Volume change AudioPLT of on ALC OFF Nochnge CENTERPT of on ALC LEWELL Minimum BASS ta bass ALC LEVEL o TREB iee eble ALC LEWELS w 4 Shift the Shift the sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the FADE E A L sound to the sound to the left right EEEF off on ILLM EFT Welcome of on Select mode BT SETUP NOTE Depending on the type of audio unit the order in which the functions appear differs About 5 seconds after selecting any mode the volume function will be automatically selected To reset bass treble fade and balance press the audio control dial for 2 seconds The unit will beep and CLEAR will be displayed Automatic Level Control ALC Standard audio equipped model The automatic level control ALC is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed and decreases as vehicle speed decreases 6 30 ALC LEVEL Medium ALC LEWELS ALC LEELEE 4 ALC LEWELF veximum Turn the audio control dial to select ALC OFF or ALC LEVEL1 7 modes The selected mode will be indicated ALC OFF ALC LEVELS ALC LEVELS vw A N ALC LEWELS A A ALC LEVEL 4 wy A ALC LEVELS A ALC LEVELE A
182. ction 1793 22 b creates a presumption that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18 000 miles on the vehicle s odometer whichever occurs first one or more of the following occurs e The same nonconformity a failure to conform to the written warranty that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the vehicle to the buyer e e NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 ATTN Customer Mediation The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE repairs reimbursement for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle nonconformit
183. ction allowing the interior lamp to illuminate automatically when the ignition is Activated Deactivated switched off can be deactivated The function allowing the interior lamp to illuminate automatically when the doors are Activated Deactivated unlocked can be deactivated Illumination entry The time required for the interior lamp to turn off automatically can be changed prevents battery depletion when a door is 30minutes 10 60 minutes open ajar The time required for the interior lamp to illuminate after unlocking any door can be 30 seconds 7 5 15 60 seconds changed The function allowing the interior lamp to turn off automatically when any door is opened Activated Deactivated or not securely closed can be changed The function allowing the turn signal lights to flash three times with a momentary turn switch operation when changing lanes can be activated Smart turn Deactivated Activated 10 12 Personalization Features Setting Available customization Initial Setting After Setting Change The vehicle speed response auto lock function Activated Deactivated can be deactivated 1 Not in Park P position Lock all doors Park P position Unlock all doors 2 Not in Park P position Lock all Locking unlocking of the doors can be set in Deactivated doors Power door locks conjunction with the selector lever position Park P position Unlock the driver s door only 3
184. ction while driving the vehicle and using audio controls on the dashboard Always make safe driving your first priority YV Adjusting the Volume To increase the volume press up the volume switch To decrease the volume press down the volume switch Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free Interior Comfort Audio System Vv Changing the Source Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radio FM2 radio AM radio CD player or CD changer SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 gt SIRIUS3 AUX BT audio gt cyclical Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free NOTE CD CD changer SIRIUS digital satellite radio and BT audio modes cannot be selected in the following cases e SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit or BT audio unit is not equipped on the audio system e CD has not been inserted The AUX mode is locked out unless you connect a commercially available portable audio unit such as an MP3 player to the auxiliary jack Connect a portable audio unit or similar product on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Change the audio source to AUX mode page 6 59 V Seek Switch Without Bluetooth Hands Free 6 57 Interior Comfort Audio System With Bluetoo
185. d accelerated tire wear and poor sealing of the tire bead which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from rim e Overinflation can produce a harsh ride uneven and accelerated tire wear and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels If one frequently needs inflating have it inspected Y Tire Rotation AWARNING Rotate tires periodically Irregular tire wear is dangerous To equalize tread wear for maintaining good performance in handling and braking rotate the tires according to the scheduled maintenance charts Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 8 3 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z C 07 Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Also inspect them for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 11 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be reduced if rotated from side to side 8 37 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION Limited Sl
186. d is closed and securely locked A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly open while the vehicle is moving and block the driver s vision which could result in a serious accident Y Opening the Hood 1 With the vehicle parked pull the release handle to unlock the hood Say Release handle 2 Insert your hand into the hood opening and slide the hood latch lever to the right and lift the hood 3 49 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the stay hole indicated by the arrow to hold the hood open support rod V Closing the Hood A WARNING Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident Clip p Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose items e g tools oil containers etc have been removed 2 Insert the support rod in its clip while holding up the hood Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood 3 Close the hood so that it locks securely 3 50 Some models Moonroof The moonroof can be opened or closed electrically only wh
187. d to the display indicates the following After the channel number is displayed CALL 888 and 539 SIRI Flashes alternately is displayed NOTE When the subscription contract is canceled all of the channels including channel 184 appear as unsubscribed Invalid channel The display switches between SR bank number INVALID and SR bank number CHANNEL only when a selected channel is not broadcasting NOTE If the last channel selected has become unavailable because of a channel update the above indication is displayed until any button is pressed Interior Comfort Audio System Preset channel programming Programming with channel number display 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number channel number 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complete after the channel number flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and a beep sound is heard at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed Programming with text display e g channel name 1 Select the desired channel to be programmed At this point the following is displayed SR bank number selected text e g channel name 2 Keep pressing the channel preset button for 1 5 seconds or more The programming process is complet
188. d when driving Exhaust gas entering the cabin of a vehicle through an open trunk is dangerous This gas contains CO carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous If inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Opening and Closing the Trunk Lid A WARNING Close the trunk lid be sure the seat backs are latched and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by latching the rear seats doors and the trunk and keeping the keys where children can not play with them Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration Do not leave your children or pets alone in a car at any time Do not leave the car the rear folding seats or the trunk unlocked CAUTION For vehicles equipped with a rear spoiler do not raise or lower the trunk lid using the spoiler Otherwise the rear spoiler and the trunk lid could be damaged 3 41 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Opening the trunk lid with the key Insert the key into the slot and turn it clockwis
189. damage the surface of the CD and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs Insert discs one by one If two discs are inserted at the same time the system may not operate properly The CD player In dash CD changer ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected e Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD player In dash CD changer e Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable e CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application writing software setting used For details consult the store where the application was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R a e e 6 22 e Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs Do not use discs with cello
190. dario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 615 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKE11A 03 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMASK08 1067 3 30 VY Transmitter Maintenance If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash the battery may be dead Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unusable A CAUTION gt Install the battery with the positive pole facing down Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the transmitter as it could be damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced gt Replace only with the same type battery CR1620 or equivalent gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions gt Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire and o
191. dden stop keep the storage boxes closed when driving A CAUTION Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature V Overhead Console This console box is designed to store eyeglasses or other accessories Push and release to open 6 110 Some models V Glove Compartment To open the glove compartment pull the latch toward you J aa p To close the glove compartment firmly press in the center of the glove compartment lid V Center Console To open pull the lower release handle Storage tray t The storage tray can be installed to the left right side of the center console Using the armrest A CAUTION gt When sliding the armrest be careful not to hit a drink cup placed in a cup holder and spill its contents Remove cups or other drink containers from the cup holders before pulling out the armrest gt Before opening the center console store the armrest first Otherwise the armrest or center console may be damaged Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Press the button to slide the armrest frontward To retract the armrest slide it completely to the rear V Cargo Securing Loops 5 Door A WARNING Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move
192. de whenever tires or wheels are changed such as changing to and from winter tires NOTE Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID signal code The signal code must be registered with the TPMS before it can work The easiest way to do it is to have an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and complete ID signal code registration When having tires changed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer When an Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your vehicle s tires they will complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal code registration When changing tires yourself If you or someone else changes tires you or someone else can also undertake the steps for the TPMS to complete the ID signal code registration 1 After tires have been changed switch the ignition ON then back to ACC or OFF 2 Wait for about 15 minutes 3 After about 15 minutes drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and the tire pressure sensor ID signal code will be registered automatically NOTE If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes of changing tires the tire pressure monitoring system warning light will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been registered If this happens park the vehicle for about 15 minutes after which the sensor ID signal code will register upon driving the vehicle for 10 minutes Replacing tires and wheels A CAUTION gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or bo
193. defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov NOTE If you live in the U S A all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine California 92618 2922 or P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 800 222 5500 If you live outside of the U S A please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown page 9 13 in this booklet 9 42 Customer Information Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Canada Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to T
194. depressed while cranking the engine Automatic transaxle Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE Manual transaxle The starter will not operate unless the clutch is depressed sufficiently Automatic transaxle The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 5 Switch the ignition to START and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts 5 4 ACAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 6 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds NOTE e In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator e Ifthe engine does not start the first time refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting If the engine still does not start have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer page 7 17 Turning Off the Engine 1 Stop the vehicle completely 2 Manual transaxle Shift into neutral Automatic transaxle Shift the shift lever to the P position 3 Without Advanced Keyless Entry amp Push Button Start System Switch the i
195. dequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures we recommend that you take the following steps VW STEP 1 Contact the Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management If the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager VSTEP 2 Contact the Mazda Regional Office If you feel that you still require assistance ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative If more expedient contact Mazda Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements Regional Office address and phone numbers are shown page 9 9 VSTEP 3 Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department If still not substantially satisfied contact the Customer Relations Department Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 Provide the Department with the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number VIN Refer to the Vehicle Identification Labels page of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN 4 Purchase date 5 Present odometer reading 6 Your dealer s name and location 7 The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction The Department in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative will review the case to determine if everything possible
196. ding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible Seat Belt Extender If your seat belt is not long enough even when fully extended a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer This extender will be only for you and for the particular vehicle and seat Even if it plugs into other seat belts it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash When ordering an extender only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the seat belt properly Please contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer for more information A WARNING Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not use an improper extender Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous The seat belt will not provide
197. ds on page 3 22 5 58 Some models Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Lighting Control V Headlights Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off NOTE To prevent discharging the battery do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them Without AUTO position Switch Position OFF 2002 Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Off On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination With AUTO position 5 59 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Switch Position OFF AUTO 200 Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights Auto License lights Off On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination AUTO Auto light control When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off see chart above A CAUTION gt Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly Light sensor gt The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto wiper control Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO
198. e Opening the trunk lid with the electric trunk lid opener with advanced ke The trunk lid can be opened by operating the request switch on the trunk lid while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Opening the trunk lid with the transmitter with advanced key The trunk lid can be opened by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 17 Opening the trunk lid with the transmitter with retractable eke The trunk lid can be opened by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 27 3 42 Some models Opening the trunk lid with the remote release lever Pull up the release lever next to the driver s seat Release lever Closing the trunk lid Use both hands to push the trunk lid down until the lock snaps shut Do not slam it Pull up on the trunk lid to make sure it is secure V Trunk Light The trunk light is on when the lid is open and off when it s closed NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the trunk open for a long period when the engine is not running Inside Trunk Release Lever Your vehicle is equipped with an inside trunk release lever that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk No matter how careful adults might be wit
199. e Gasohol 4 2 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the Mazda warranty e Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol e Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol e Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol 4 3 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Emission Control System Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system the catalytic converter is part of this system that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements A WARNING Never park over or near anything flammable Parking over or near anything flammable such as dry grass is dangerous Even with the engine turned off the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death A CAUTION Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL gt Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction gt Do not coast with the ignition switched off gt Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off gt Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes gt Do not
200. e CD Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit If a CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off NOTE When the load button LOAD is pressed the CD will load and play even if the CD eject button amp had been previously pressed Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button PI Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button A to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button W to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A or turn the file dial clockwise once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button W or turn the file dial counterclockwise once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Folder search during MP3 WMA CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button W or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 WMA CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan but
201. e Mobile phone compatibility Phone 800 430 0153 Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Response profile e HFP Hands Free Profile Ver 1 5 e DUN Dial up Networking Profile Ver 1 1 e PBAP Phone Book Access Profile Ver 1 0 e A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 e AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Ver 1 0 1 3 Some models 6 71 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free e OPP Object Push Profile Ver 1 1 Bluetooth Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc NOTE The Bluetooth Hands Free system is operable several seconds after the ignition is switched to ACC or ON requires less than 15 seconds If the ignition is switched off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the device Mobile phone automatically e Ifthe device Mobile phone is in a location where radio reception is difficult such as a metal container or in the trunk the call may not be connected using Bluetooth If communication is not possible change the location of the device Mobile phone V Component Parts Bluetooth Hands Free consists of the following items e Talk button e Pick up button e Hang up button e Information display e Microphone e Audio unit 6 72 Talk button Pick Up button and Hang Up button Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands Free can be used for such things as making calls or hang
202. e after the text e g channel name flashes Then SR bank number is displayed and you will hear beep sound at the same time 3 SR bank number CH preset number channel number are displayed 4 Three seconds later it returns to normal display SR bank number text e g channel name 6 37 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Six stations can be stored in each bank SR1 SR2 and SR3 for convenient access to your favorite stations Preset channel call up Press and release the channel preset button SR bank number CH preset number channel number appears When the preset button is pressed during text mode its channel number is displayed first for three second and then its text is displayed NOTE In the initial setting all channels are preset to 184 Category change Press the category button UP or DOWN and select the desired category e Press the category button UP Category up e Press the category button DOWN Category down Every time the category UP button is pressed for 1 5 second or less the category is changed over in the order shown below At this time the lowest smallest number channel within the category indicated is received When the highest or lowest category is reached the category is changed over in the order shown below Highest category All categories gt Lowest category NOTE While all categories are selected all
203. e doors and the liftgate is within a maximum radius of 80 cm 31 in from the center of the liftgate 4 door Exterior transmitter is Operational range 3 7 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 5 door Locking Exterior transmitter Operational range 5 door Unlocking Exterior transmitter q 3 Operational range NOTE The system may not operate if you are too close to the windows door handles or liftgate 3 8 Opening the liftgate trunk lid The operational range for opening the liftgate trunk lid is an area of up to 80 cm 31 in from the center of the liftgate trunk lid Exterior transmitter Operational range Starting the engine The operational range for starting the engine includes nearly the entire cabin area Interior transmitter D Operational range Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE e The luggage compartment trunk is out of the operational range however starting the engine may be possible The engine may not start if the advanced key is placed in the following areas Around the dashboard e In the storage compartments such as the glove box On the rear parcel shelf 4 door e Starting the engine may be possible even if the advanced key is outside of the vehicle and extremely close to a door and window however always start the engine from
204. e not the accessory socket Connecting the auxiliary jack 1 Open the console lid 6 59 Interior Comfort Audio System 2 Pass the connection plug cord through the cutout of the console and insert the plug into the auxiliary jack fj _ rs E Do not allow the connection plug cord to get tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever Allowing the plug cord to become tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever is dangerous as it could interfere with driving resulting in an accident A CAUTION Do not place objects or apply force to the auxiliary jack with the plug connected NOTE e Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack securely e Insert or remove the plug with the plug perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole e Insert or remove the plug by holding its base To listen to a portable audio unit 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 6 60 3 Press the AUX button AUX of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel to change to the AUX mode Audio Unit Audio Control Switches NOTE e Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the power volume dial of the audio unit or the up down switch of the audio control switch e
205. e air conditioner under humid ambient temperature conditions the system may blow fog from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled 6 3 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode Dashboard Vents Dashboard and Floor Vents ad 6 4 Defroster and Floor Vents EZ Interior Comfort Climate Control System Types of the Climate Control System Manual type and fully automatic type climate control systems are explained separately Check your vehicle s climate control type and read the appropriate pages Manual Type Fully Automatic Type page 6 10 Se a 6 5 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Manual Type Mode selector dial Fan control dial Temperature control dial oji ac 1S A C switch Rear window defroster switch Air intake selector Some models V Control Switches NOTE U S A Temperature control dial When the mode is set to 4 or 4 with the fan control dial in a position other than 0 and the temperature control dial in the maximum cold position the air intake selector switches to the recirculated air mode and the A C turns on automatically If A C is not desired press the A C switch to turn it off Fan control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclock
206. e driver and front passenger occupant classification system 2 48 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags How the SRS Air Bags Work Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags SRS air bags are designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the seat belt functions Be sure to wear seat belts properly Y Front Seat Belt Pretensioners The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal near frontal collisions Y Driver Air Bag The driver s air bag is mounted in the steering wheel When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force the driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The driver s dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages During an impact of moderate severity the driver s air bag deploys with lesser energy whereas during more severe impacts it deploys with more energy CS Y Front Passenger Air Bag The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard The inflation mech
207. e event of a side collision Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the windshield glass side door glass front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge and assist grips is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips When hanging clothes hang them on the coat hook directly Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the event of a side collision Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged and in the event of a side collision the appropriate air bags may not deploy which could result in death or serious injury To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated Touching the components of the supplemental restraint
208. e for several seconds after changing channels Displaying the SIRIUS ID ESN When the ESN button is pressed for 1 5 seconds or longer or the manual tuning dial is turned to channel 0 a 12 digit Electronic Serial Number ESN for the SIRIUS tuner is displayed If the SIRIUS ID ESN for the tuner does not display If ESN FAIL is displayed after pressing the ESN button for 1 5 seconds or longer contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Interior Comfort Audio System Initialization of ID code If the registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 by performing the following steps Setting condition SAT mode NOTE The scan button refers to the operation for an In dash CD changer equipped vehicle and the auto memory button refers to the operation for a CD player equipped vehicle Master code input preparation 1 Press and hold the auto memory button or scan button then press channel preset button 4 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 2 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 3 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Master code input 4 Input the master code using the channel preset buttons 1 4 The master code is already set at the time of factory shipment Master code input determination 5 Determine the master code which has been input by pressing the auto memory
209. e impaired windshield vision and result in an accident In cold weather always use washer fluid with anti freeze protection NOTE State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds VOCs which are commonly used as anti freeze agents in washer fluid A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle will be operated 8 26 Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir add fluid if necessary To inspect the washer fluid level in the front reservoir pull off the cap Then holding your thumb over the hole in the center of the cap lift it straight up The fluid level can be seen from the fluid column in the pipe Add fluid if necessary Use plain water if washer fluid is unavailable But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing NOTE Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from the same reservoir Body Lubrication All moving points of the body such as door and hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather Make sure the hood s secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Wiper Blades A CAUTION gt Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper s a
210. e initial state It may take some time to start up the equipment when it is in the initial state when there is a change in the user s subscription condition or when the SIRIUS channel map is changed UPDATING xx is displayed when the SIRIUS channel map is changed If the unit is initialized or the user contract content is changed UPDATING is displayed Updating could take as long as three minutes depending on the geographical area When the unit is in an initialized state channel 184 is displayed after the display indicates UPDATING 100 If the SIRIUS channel map or the user contract content is changed the channel prior to the change is displayed after UPDATING is displayed After the initialization display it may take as long as 12 seconds to receive channel 184 NOTE Do not perform the following operation while UPDATING is displayed Otherwise the updating procedure will be cancelled Turning off the audio power e Switching to other modes e Switching the ignition off When the SIRIUS mode is switched to another mode or when the power is turned off the present channel which is being received is stored as the last channel Channel selection Turning the manual tuning dial allows you to select the desired receiving channel e Turn the knob clockwise Channel Up e Turn the knob counterclockwise Channel Down Unsubscribed channel When a selected station has not been subscribe
211. e of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode Seat your child safely in the child restraint system and secure the child according to the instructions from the child restraint system manufacturer 2 36 7 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate remove the child restraint system switch the ignition to OFF or ACC and then re install the child restraint system Refer to Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light on page 2 56 PASS AIRBAG A WARNING Do not seat a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System While it is always better to install any child restraint system on the rear seat it is imperative that a child restraint system ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if the deactivation indicator light illuminates when the child is seated in the child restraint system page 2 56 Seating a child in a child restraint system installed on the front passenger seat with the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not
212. e of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep List names 5 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXxX Ex John s phone Mary s phone Bill s phone Voice guidance reads out the voice tags registered to the phonebook Press the talk button with a short press during the read out at the desired name and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Continue Continues the list read out e Call Calls the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Edit Edits the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Delete Deletes the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Previous Returns to the previous phonebook data in read out when the talk button is short pressed 6 85 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 6 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 7 Say Beep No 8 Prompt Returning to main menu V DTMEF Dual Tone Multi Frequency Signal Transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the user s voice The receiver of a DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center When you send tone signals back according to the voice guidance recording 1 Press the talk button with a short press
213. e or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident 8 16 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Compartment Overview 2 0 liter and 2 5 liter engine Engine coolant reservoir Brake Clutch fluid reservoir Fuse block Engine oil filler cap Battery Engine oil dipstick Power steering fluid reservoir Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstick Only for automatic transaxle Windshield washer fluid reservoir 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Engine coolant reservoir Brake Clutch fluid reservoir Fuse block Eng
214. e order of removal Some models 8 53 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fuses Your vehicle s electrical system is protected by fuses If any lights accessories or controls don t work inspect the appropriate circuit protector If a fuse has blown the inside element will be melted If the same fuse blows again avoid using that system and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Y Fuse Replacement Replacing the fuses on the vehicle s left side If the electrical system does not work first inspect the fuses on the vehicle s left side 1 Turn off the ignition switch and other switches 2 Remove the cover 8 54 3 Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the inside of the engine compartment fuse block cover A Kam iF 4 Inspect the fuse and replace it if it s blown 5 Insert a new fuse of the same amperage rating and make sure it fits tightly If it does not fit tightly have an expert install it We recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you have no spare fuses borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation such as the AUDIO or CIGAR circuit CAUTION Always replace a fuse with one of the same rating Otherwise you may damage the electric system Replacing the fuses under the hood If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal
215. e removal procedure Front turn signal lights Front side marker lights Parking lights Canada 1 Make sure the ignition switch is turned off and the headlight switch is off 8 44 2 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the left and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the right 3 Turn the center section of the plastic retainer counterclockwise and remove the retainers and partially peel back the mudguard Removal GA z WS c gt Installation 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 5 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Halogen bulb High beam bulbs Daytime running lights Canada 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Low beam bulbs 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Disconnec
216. e snow tires or tire chains and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and or snow Driving without proper traction devices on snow and or ice covered roads is dangerous The traction control system TCS alone cannot provide adequate traction and you could still have an accident NOTE To turn off the TCS press the DSC OFF switch page 5 28 Vv TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Dynamic Stability Control DSC The Dynamic Stability Control DSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety Refer to ABS page 5 8 and TCS page 5 26 DSC operation is possible at speeds greater than 20 km h 12 mph A WARNING Do not rely on the dynami
217. e the wiper arm a U ay ee ee aed 2 Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the right until it unlocks then remove the blade A CAUTION To prevent damage to the rear window let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the rear window 8 29 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of the blade holder Y 4 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade 4 CAUTION Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again 5 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal f Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to ensure safe and correct handling am Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent co
218. e vehicle behind the front door Original Equipment OE Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle Vehicle Load Limit The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and cargo Bead Area of the Tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall Area of the Tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread Area of the Tire Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s mounted on the vehicle Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants Seating capacity is described on the tire label Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Rim is the metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 9 31 Customer Information Tire Information U S A Tire Maintenance Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Here are some important maintenance points Y Tire Inflation Pressure Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride top handling and minimum tire wear Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire informat
219. eady for input of the new ID code New ID code input 9 Input the new ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If 1234 is input as the new code SR1 1234 is displayed New ID code input determination 10 Determine the new ID code which has been input by pressing the auto memory button or scan button 11 PIN CHANGED appears for three seconds which indicates that the new ID code input has been completed 12 It returns to the former display NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the auto memory button or scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Individual channel locking If a channel is locked the channel is muted NOTE e Ifthe registered ID code is forgotten return the ID code to the default 0000 See INTIALIZATION OF ID CODE section The scan button refers to the operation for an In dash CD changer equipped vehicle and the auto memory button refers to the operation for a CD player equipped vehicle Interior Comfort Audio System Locking a channel 1 Select a channel to be locked by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select channel 100 Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press and hold the auto memory button or scan button then press channel preset button 6 Hold both buttons together
220. eatback contacts the rear seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates A CAUTION gt To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the front seat bottoms gt Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them gt Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats gt To allow the sensors to function properly always perform the following gt Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly gt If you place your child on the front passenger seat secure the child restraint system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible page 2 35 2 59 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags NOTE The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat or if t
221. ed e Ifseven Bluetooth audio devices have already been programmed to the vehicle programming cannot be performed and MEMORY FULL is displayed Delete one programmed device to program another one Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio device If several devices have been programmed the Bluetooth unit links the device last programmed If you would like to link a different programmed device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off 1 Using the audio control dial select the link change mode LINK CHANGE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode 3 The name of the currently linked Bluetooth audio device is displayed If no Bluetooth audio device is currently linked the name of the first device among the programmed devices is displayed 4 Turn the audio control dial to select the name of the device you would like to link Device name 1 Device name 2 Device name 3 Device name 4 v4 Device name 5 v4 Device name 6 v4 Device name 7 y GO BACK lt 5 Press the audio control dial to select the device you would like to link The si symbol disappears and PAIRING flashes in the display NOT
222. ed Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible AWARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous Ina collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible 2 52 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of collision The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions Types of collision A severe frontal near frontal collision A severe side collision A rear collisio
223. ed it could cause the wipers to move automatically However if the wipers cannot remove this ice dirt or foreign matter the auto wiper control will stop operation In this case set the wiper lever to the low speed position or high speed position for manual operation or remove the ice dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto wiper operation e Ifthe auto wiper lever is left in the AUTO position the wipers could operate automatically from the effect of strong light sources electromagnetic waves or infrared light because the rain sensor uses an optical sensor It is recommended that the auto wiper lever be switched to the OFF position other than when driving the vehicle under rainy conditions Y Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid Washer NOTE With the wiper lever in the OFF or INT Type A AUTO Type B position the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 26 If it s normal consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Rear Window Wiper and Washer 5 Door The ignition must be switched ON V Rear Window Wiper Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wiper washer switch ON Normal INT Intermittent V Rear Window Washer To spray washer fluid turn the rear wiper washer switch to the amp position After the s
224. ed Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 5 46 V High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light Red A tl When the ignition is switched ON the light illuminates momentarily and then turns off The light flashes when the engine coolant temperature is extremely high and illuminates when the engine coolant temperature increases further Handling Procedure Flashing light Drive slowly to reduce engine load Illuminated light This indicates the possibility of overheating Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and take appropriate measures Refer to Overheating page 7 15 A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle with the high engine coolant temperature warning light illuminated Otherwise it could result in damage to the engine Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light ey ry If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag
225. ed for your Mazda 8 35 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Y Tire Inflation Pressure A WARNING Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure Overinflation or underinflation of tires is dangerous Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident Refer to specification charts on page 10 11 Use only a Mazda genuine tire valve cap Use of a non genuine part is dangerous as the correct tire air pressure cannot be maintained if the tire valve becomes damaged If the vehicle is driven under this condition the tire air pressure will decrease which could result in a serious accident Do not use any part for the tire valve cap that is not a Mazda genuine part 8 36 Some models The Tire Pressure Monitoring System does not alleviate the need to check the tire condition every day including whether the tires all look inflated properly Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride handling and minimum tire wear When checking the tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended LA GZ Refer to the specification charts page 10 11 NOTE Always check tire pressure when tires are cold Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure e Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy uneven an
226. ee ee a eh Ges page 6 109 6 Vanity MTO eene acastadesdacet ges cates aa dagaea a R ate anstened dhe ess page 6 94 CD Overhead ets es os esos cies ae aa toy eas Hpee aes eae ovens page 6 95 Rearvilew 1niror cc i350 cid ecessts hve scee E eA E page 3 65 O SUNVISOE 228208898 ce actin avid Se beens adler seek eee nino Rees page 6 94 Seat warmer switches cceccecscesseeseeseceseeseeecceseeeeesecsecesecaeensecaeeeseeesseeeseeeeeeas page 2 12 CD Crip holders en Bcd ee Me ES ie ad Re ee ee page 6 108 2 Rrontseats s E E eked et ee ela eA le Soe aN SESS Sina aie a page 2 2 O Center console s 20 2 tat Gdns a a ea a arae Sexe leetests a eee page 6 110 E E EEE A feces We tec AA its Ws te EE IE oe ut es tale th A cel Eee page 2 7 1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Front 4 Door 4 COA OOG tsi 23 che Shi hee ee eee i ol ais Eee een eaten toate eee page 3 49 Windshield wiper blades ccccccccsccsessssesesscsessesesseseeeseseeseeeseeecseeecsesesseeeesees page 8 27 SIM OONTOOR 2 02 28 feces Mouton tothe eh en te eves dat Medien eee page 3 50 4 Child safety LOCKS enan tes sxivtastesvedsthgcd ER page 3 37 O re ee page 8 35 CG DOOTHOCK ennan e e ee esta tell thie E E Shceea ston tade page 3 33 CP VAGHE Dinllbs 255 2 se ee coats ee RE oe ae enumerate hl page 8 42 The equipment and installation position varies by vehi
227. eeeceeseeteeee 6 93 Safety certification cee 6 93 When Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be Used ooieoe 6 92 Body Lubrication c eceseseeee 8 27 Boost Gauge ceeceescesceesteeeseeeeeees 5 39 Bottle Holder c ce ceceeseseeeteeteees 6 109 Brake Clutch Pid teres tate aM ats ee 8 23 Brakes Anti lock brake system ABS 5 8 Brakes assist cceesesceeseeseeeees 5 10 Foot brake cccecesesseeseeseeeeeees 5 5 Parking brake cceeceseeteereeees 5 7 Warning light 2 0 0 0 ee eeeeeeereeees 5 8 Break In Period eccesseeseeseeeteeeees 4 7 Bulb Replacement ee eee 8 42 C Capacities oiean nnn 10 5 Carbon Monoxide cceseeeeereees 4 5 Cargo Securing Loops 0 08 6 111 Catalytic Converter cceeeeeseeee 4 4 Cell Phones niner r 9 20 Center Console escesseeseeseeees 6 110 Child Restraint Child restraint precautions 2 26 Child restraint system installation positiona aiina 2 30 Installing child restraint SyStEMS uaaa 2 31 LATCH child restraint SY SlCMSziwec stl EErEE a ieee 2 38 Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors 3 37 Climate Control System ee 6 2 Gas specifications c ceee 10 9 CloCksis ative creed beatae 6 97 Cruise Control ccececcesseeseeeeees 5 21 Cup Hold r soisissa sensein 6 108 Customer Assistance ceseeeeeees 9 2 D Dashboard Illumination 05 5 40 Daytime R
228. eeeeteeees Refer to the separate manual PAudo SYSLOML aeea oa ckeea EENE seats theta ER page 6 17 6 Information display seietara e a i A E EA RE A EATER stevens page 6 96 Hazard warning flasher Switch c ccccccscssesseseeseeeceecseeeesesseeseeseeseseeeeeeeseresees page 5 71 Climate control system cccceecceseeseseeeeseeeceeseeeeeseesecesenseeeeesaeeesesseeesessenaeeateaes page 6 2 9 Parking brake seers ceiros oeri eteen e eE EN ES a ie ees AEE ha daenve ieee page 5 7 Q Accessory Socket ecccccscsessescssssesesseseecsesecsesecseecseecsesscseecsesessesecsesecseseeaeaees page 6 113 MTS e e O page 5 11 QB AT Shift lever E E page 5 13 13 Push button Start iee ioa EE Gave casa tevertea cits sue caaysoneaceateadesea ase ciedieaeectes page 3 12 Cruise control Switches 0 cceseeseeesesseeneesesseesceeeeeeeceeeaeeaeeaeeaeeaesseseeeeserseeereates page 5 21 gt Hood release handle 3 cscs nese eevee tec ee ee ee page 3 49 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View C 2 t 5 E gt Ss 4 D gt CDS Gat Belties r a vies ed E E RIS page 2 14 ASRS ar bag hana aga tak aa a A as Mh eae page 2 43 3 Remote hiel filler lid release i2 0c 80 cuteieesgcsiss Bele eens heele ea page 3 48 Trunk Telease lever aa n A ation enact erage teenth page 3 41 G Bottle holder ve sics aioe ei he ends eev
229. eering lock mechanism Removing the key from the ignition switch while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Removing the key allows the steering wheel to lock You will lose steering control and a serious accident could occur Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition off set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P automatic transaxle or in 1st gear or R manual transaxle Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition off setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P automatic transaxle or to ist gear or R manual transaxle is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur which could result in an accident In addition if your intention is to leave the vehicle for even a short period it is important to switch the ignition off as leaving it in another position will disable some of the vehicle s security systems and run the battery down NOTE If turning the key is difficult jiggle the steering wheel from side to side Leaving the key in any position but the OF F LOCK position also disables some of the security features and may run the battery down ACC Accessory In this position some electrical accessories will operate Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started Some indicator lights warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 41 NOTE
230. el cover When installing the wheel cover align this mark with the tire s valve stem Damage could occur during installation if the wheel cover is not properly aligned 2 Loosen the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise one turn each but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off the ground 3 Place the jack under the jacking position closest to the tire being changed In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure or even kill someone Use only the jack provided with your Mazda Using a jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never place objects under the jack Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle 4 Insert the jack handle into the jack 5 Turn the jack handle clockwise and raise the vehicle high enough so that the spare tire can be installed Before removing the lug nuts make sure your Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move 7 11 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 6 Remove the lug nuts by turning them countercloc
231. elector switch in the center position Folding the mirror Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle IY A WARNING Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous Your rear view will be restricted and you could have an accident Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors YW Rearview Mirror A WARNING Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous It can block your view in the rearview mirror which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes Rearview mirror adjustment Before driving adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear window Manual day night mirror 3 65 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors NOTE For the manual day night mirror perform the adjustment with the day night lever in the day position Reducing glare from headlights Manual day night mirror Push the day night lever forward for day driving Pull it back to reduce glare of headlights from cars at the rear Day Night lever ea VW Day Night Auto dimming mirror The auto dimming mirror automatically reduces glare of headlights from cars at the rear when the ignition is switched ON 3 66 Press the ON OFF button to cancel the automatic dimming function The indicator
232. ely 5 24 NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed YW To Decrease Cruising Speed Type A Press down the cruise control SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the speed you want Cruise control switch Your vehicle has a tap down feature that allows you to decrease your current speed in decrements of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap Type B Press the SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the speed you want 4 A Your vehicle has a tap down feature that allows you to decrease your current speed in decrements of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the SET switch Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap V To Resume Cruising Speed at More Than 32 km h 20 mph If some other method besides the OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed such as applying the brake pedal and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pressed If vehicle speed is below 32 km h 20 mph increase the vehicle speed up to 32 km h 20 mph or more a
233. ement program administered by the Better Business Bureau BBB system at no cost to you the consumer BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns If the BBB is not able to facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies under the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C 2301 et seq To the extent permitted by the applicable state Lemon Law you are also required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the Lemon Law If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or the applicable state Lemon Law you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE 9 3 Customer Information Customer Assistance The whole process normally takes 40 days or less The arbitration decision is not binding on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision For more information about BBB AUTO LINE including current eligibility standards please call 1 800 955 5100 or visit the BBB website at www lemonlaw bbb org Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda We hope to satisfy every customer directly but if there is ever a question about our decision Mazda believes in providing a fast fair and free method s
234. emission control systems It may also cause the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate 3 47 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks VW Fuel Filler Lid To open pull the remote fuel filler lid release 5 door Remote fuel filler lid release t Remote fuel filler lid release 3 48 V Fuel Filler Cap To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counterclockwise To close the fuel filler cap turn it clockwise until two or more clicks are heard O 2 Close gt oy A CAUTION If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed If the warning light illuminates park your vehicle safely off the right of way remove the fuel filler cap and reinstall it correctly After the cap has been correctly installed the fuel cap warning light may continue to illuminate until a number of driving cycles have been completed A drive cycle consists of starting the engine after four or more hours with the engine off and driving the vehicle on city and highway roads Continuing to drive with the check fuel cap warning light illuminated could cause the check engine light to illuminate as well NOTE The removed cap can be attached to the inner side of the lid during refueling to prevent fuel on the cap from dripping onto the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Always check that the hoo
235. en the ignition is switched ON Slide switch Tilt switch A WARNING Do not let passengers stand up or extend part of their body through the open moonroof while the vehicle is moving Extending the head arms or other parts of the body through the moonroof is dangerous The head or arms could hit something while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious injury or death Make sure the opening is clear before closing the moonroof A closing moonroof is dangerous The hands head or even neck of a person especially a child could be caught in it as it closes causing serious injury or even death NOTE Before washing your Mazda make sure the moonroof is completely closed so that water does not get inside the cabin area After washing your Mazda or after it rains wipe the water off the moonroof before operating it to avoid water penetration which could cause rust and water damage to your headliner V Tilt Operation The rear of the moonroof can be tilted open to provide more ventilation To fully tilt automatically momentarily press the tilt switch To stop tilting partway press any part of the tilt or slide switch To close to the desired position press the front of the slide switch or pull the tilt switch Y Slide Operation To fully open automatically momentarily press the rear of the slide switch To stop sliding partway press any part of the tilt or slide switch Knowing Yo
236. enger seated The seat belt warning function reminds the front passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below Vehicle speed Gonditon Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt Driver ololxix ololx x Seat belt Passenger O X O x X O X Indicator w Beep D D D O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated Flashing e Beep Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed NOTE To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference e When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that neither the warning light nor the warning beep operate 2 25 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint Precautions Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them You are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S and Canada C
237. er audio such as voice data recorded on portable audio devices and mobile phones available on the market which are equipped with the Bluetooth transmission function can be listened to via wireless transmission over the vehicle s speakers Using the BT SETUP mode these devices can be programmed to the Bluetooth unit or changed For details refer to Bluetooth audio page 6 62 Some models 6 31 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Radio Channel preset buttons Band selector buttons Channel preset buttons Scan button V DISC CAT A v FOLDER a REPLAY DISP RPT ROM f f Berpe T SCAN f f 1 2 3 4 5 6 TRACKY AUTO M 4 C 3 TEXT ESN Seek tuning buttons Radio ON Press a band selector button AM FM to turn the radio on Band selection Choose AM by pressing the AM button AM and FM by pressing the FM button FM The selected mode will be indicated If FM stereo is being received ST will be displayed NOTE If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the ST indicator will go out 6 32 Manual tuning dial Auto memory button Tuning The radio has t
238. er s door press the unlock button To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 5 seconds NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 61 The system can be set to unlock all doors by performing a single operation Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if one of the doors or the liftgate trunk lid is not opened within about 30 seconds The time required for the doors to lock automatically can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 Trunk button To open the trunk press and hold the trunk button until the trunk lid opens NOTE To open the trunk when the ignition is switched to a position other than off use the remote release lever inside the vehicle page 3 41 Knowing Your
239. er than mild detergent Before using any detergent verify the ingredients Otherwise the product could discolor or stain the aluminum wheels NOTE Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner polishing compound or solvent on aluminum wheels They may damage the coating Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads to help prevent corrosion Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses high speed or hard brushes If your aluminum wheels lose luster wax the wheels With Tire Pressure Monitoring System Check special requirements for Tire Pressure Monitoring System Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 34 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care YW Plastic Part Maintenance When cleaning the plastic lenses of the lights do not use gasoline kerosene rectified spirit paint thinner highly acidic detergents or strongly alkaline detergents Otherwise these chemical agents can discolor or damage the surfaces resulting in a significant loss in functionality If plastic parts become inadvertently exposed to any of these chemical agents flush with water immediately If plastic parts such as the bumpers become inadvertently exposed to chemical agents or fluids such as gasoline oil engine coolant or battery fluid it could cause discoloration staining
240. erator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from 1 D to R Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Winter Driving e Carry emergency gear including tire chains window scraper flares a small shovel jumper cables and a small bag of sand or salt Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to perform the following precautions e Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the radiator Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8 21 Inspect the battery and its cables Cold reduces battery capacity Use only cold weather engine oil page 8 18 Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections e Use washer fluid made with antifreeze but do not use engine coolant antifreeze for washer fluid page 8 26 e Do not use the parking brake in freezing weather as it may freeze Instead shift to P with an automatic transaxle and to 1 or R with a manual transaxle Block the rear wheels Do not apply excessive force to a window scraper when removing ice or frozen snow on the mirror glass and windshield e Never use warm or hot water for removing snow or ice from windows and mirrors as it could result in the glass cracking Braking performance can be adversely affected if snow or ice adheres to the brake equipment If this situation occurs drive the vehicle slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal 4 9 Before Drivin
241. ere for up to ten seconds If the engine starts release the key and accelerator immediately because the engine will suddenly rev up 4 If the engine fails to start crank it without depressing the accelerator for up to ten seconds With Advanced Keyless Entry amp Push Button Start System 1 If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try wait ten seconds and try again 2 Depress the accelerator all the way and hold it there 3 Depress the clutch pedal MT or the brake pedal AT then press the push button start If the engine starts release the key and accelerator immediately because the engine will suddenly rev up 4 If the engine fails to start crank it without depressing the accelerator In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting If the engine still does not start using the above procedure have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 17 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Jump Starting Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly So follow the procedure carefully If you feel unsure about jump starting we strongly recommend that you have a competent service technician do the work A WARNING Follow These Precautions Carefully To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it an Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working witho
242. ers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 8 12 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Cont Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 ENGINE Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Drive belts I I Engine oil R R R RI R RIRI RI RIRIRI
243. ery 2 e Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 Connect the other end to the ground point indicated in the illustration away from the discharged battery 4 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes Then start the engine of the other vehicle 7 21 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 6 When finished carefully disconnect the cables in the reverse order described in the illustration NOTE Verify that the covers are securely installed 7 22 Push Starting Do not push start your Mazda A WARNING Never tow a vehicle to start it Towing a vehicle to start it is dangerous The vehicle being towed could surge forward when its engine starts causing the two vehicles to collide The occupants could be injured A CAUTION Do not push start a vehicle that has a manual transaxle It can damage the emission control system NOTE You can t start a vehicle with an automatic transaxle by pushing it Towing Description We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Government and local laws must be followed A towed vehicle usually should have its drive wheels front wheels off the ground If excessive damage or other conditions prevent this use wheel dollies
244. es to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Insert the CD properly If the error indication continues CDis mserted pside down to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK CD Insert another CD properly If the error indication CD is defective continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Ifa broken DLP unit is replaced with a new unit cancel the license for the broken unit and make sure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit If the license for the broken unit is not canceled you will be charged a reception fee for both units DLP Down Link Processor SATELLITE RADIO Module 6 55 Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Control Switch Operation When the audio unit is turned on operation of the audio unit from the steering wheel is possible NOTE Because the audio unit will be turned off under the following conditions the switches will be inoperable When the ignition is switched off When the power button on the audio unit is pressed and the audio unit is turned off Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free Talk button Pick up button Hang up button 6 56 Some models NOTE The talk button pick up button and hang up button are operable with the audio unit turned off Mazda has installed this system to prevent distra
245. es require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States However in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United States e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 16 Customer Information Warranty Outside Canada Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety regulations Therefore vehicles built for use in Canada may differ from those sold in other countries
246. escribed maintenance at the recommended intervals eeeeeeee 8 8 V Schedule 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000km_ 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 ENGINE Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Drive belts I I I Engine oil R R R IR RI RIRIRI RIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R IR RJR RIRIRI _RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I I Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years after that eve Engine coolant aka 60 000 km or 3 as pi Others R R R FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses r r I Hoses and tubes for emission r pe I Fuel filter R R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid R R R Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play i I i I I
247. esponding tether anchor Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous No matter how strong the person may be he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Even in a moderate accident the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child or the child may be slammed into an adult causing injury to both child and adult Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child 2 27 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not install a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat unless it is unavoidable In a collision the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child If installing a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable move the front passenger seat as far back as possible
248. estraint pull it up to the desired position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so that the top is even with the top of the passenger s ears never the passenger s neck to prevent injury NOTE 5 Door The rear outboard head restraints are non adjustable 2 10 Front outboard seat Rear outboard seat AS Removal Installation 4 Door To remove the head restraint pull it up while pressing the stop catch To install the head restraint press the uprights into the holes while pressing the stop catch A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints set up when seats are being used and make sure they are properly set up Driving with the head restraints not set up is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Folding down up 5 Door The rear seats are equipped with foldable head restraints To fold the head restraint pull the strap and fold the head restraint downward To return the head restraint to its upright position lift it upward AWARNING Always drive with the head restraints in their upright positions when the rear seats are occupied and make sure they are securely locked in place Driving with the head restraints folded down is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Essential
249. estraint system manufacturer s instructions Never attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor Attaching two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous In a collision one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child restraint system attachments and it may break causing serious injury or death If you use the seat position for another child restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is occupied use the center seat belts instead and the tether if tether equipped Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child restraint system Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing the child restraint system is dangerous If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors
250. eting or other nonslip material under the front wheels NOTE Use snow chains only on the front wheels e e 4 8 A WARNING Make sure the floor mats are hooked on the retention pins to prevent them from bunching up under the foot pedals Using a floor mat that is not secured is dangerous as it will interfere with the accelerator and brake pedal operation which could result in an accident Do not install two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side Installing two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side is dangerous as the retention pins can only keep one floor mat from sliding forward In using a heavy duty floor mat for winter use always remove the original floor mat Loose floor mat s will interfere with the foot pedal and could result in an accident When setting a floor mat position the floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted over the pointed end of the retention posts Rocking the Vehicle A WARNING Do not spin the wheels at more than 56 km h 35 mph and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle When the vehicle is stuck spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous The spinning tire could overheat and explode This could cause Serious injuries A CAUTION Too much rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle failure and tire damage If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud depress the accel
251. evice s power Make sure that the s symbol is displayed in the information display The symbol is not displayed if an unprogrammed Bluetooth audio device is being used or the vehicle s Bluetooth unit has a malfunction NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fi symbol is displayed 3 Press the AUX button AUX to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode and start playback If the current device version is lower than AVRCP Ver 1 3 BT Audio is displayed If the current device is AVRCP Ver 1 3 The playback time is displayed NOTE e Ifthe Bluetooth audio device does not begin playback press the Play Pause button Pil e Ifthe mode is switched from Bluetooth audio mode to another mode radio mode audio playback from the Bluetooth audio device stops Ifa call is received on a hands free mobile phone during playback from the Bluetooth audio device the playback is stopped Playback from the Bluetooth audio device resumes after the call ends Playback 1 To listen to a Bluetooth audio device over the vehicle s speaker system switch the mode to Bluetooth audio mode Refer to Switching to Bluetooth audio mode 6 69 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio 2 To stop playback press the Play Pause button Pl 3 Press the button again to resume playback Selecting a file track Short press the track down button W or turn the file dial counte
252. ewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle dry it with a clean chamois to prevent water spots from forming A WARNING Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected Maintenance and Care Appearance Care When using a high water pressure car wash High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of car wash machine If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle the force of the spray could damage or deform the molding affect the sealability of parts and allow water to penetrate the interior Keep a sufficient space 30 cm or more between the nozzle and the vehicle In addition do not spend too much time spraying the same area of the vehicle and be very careful when spraying between gaps in doors and around windows Waxing Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing it In addition to the vehicle body wax the metal trim to maintain its luster 1 Use wax which contains no abrasives Waxes
253. ext maintenance period will be displayed when the period approaches 1 Press the INFO switch until the SETTINGS screen is displayed 2 Select MAINTENANCE by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 3 Select the item you would like to reset TIRE ROTATION or SERVICE DUE by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 7O F 14 HAAN TIRE ROTATION REMAINING 7500 miles NOTE The current remaining distance and days is displayed e Even if the remaining distance or days have surpassed 0 the display does not display a minus and leaves the value at 0 4 Press the Enter up down switch 6 105 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 5 Select SET and press the Enter up down switch 78 F 14 88AM TIRE ROTATION OFF NOTE If the SERVICE DUE item has been set both the days and distance can be selected Because the tire rotation item can only be set according to distance the screen for setting distance is displayed when SET is selected 6 The DISTANCE or DAYS screen is displayed and the remaining distance and days values return to the values previously set If no changes are necessary press the Enter up down switch Ta F 14 88AM TIRE ROTATION SET DISTANCE A lt 88888 miles gt 6 106 NOTE e If the settings are changed from the initial values the values which yo
254. ey including auxiliary key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Always keep a spare advanced key in case one is lost If an advanced key is lost consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose an advanced key including auxiliary key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible 3 54 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity Immobilizer system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the
255. eze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions Using windshield washer fluid without anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could cause an accident In addition make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid Some models 5 65 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker This mechanism will automatically stop operation of the blades but only for about 5 minutes If this happens turn off the wiper switch and park off the right of way and remove the snow and ice After 5 minutes turn on the switch and the blades should operate normally If they do not resume functioning consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative VY Windshield Wipers Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever up or down With INT position 6 e 4 9o 5 66 Switch Position
256. f the vehicle All doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open Without advanced key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in the ignition switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open Locking unlocking with key All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when any front door is locked with the key All doors and the liftgate unlock when the driver s door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock position for one second or longer NOTE Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver s door lock for about a second unlocks all doors and the liftgate To unlock only the driver s door insert the key into the driver s door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position The system can be set to unlock all doors by performing a single operation Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking unlocking with door lock switch All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when lock side is pressed They all unlock when unlock side is pressed Locking unlocking with request switch with advanced key All doors and the liftgate can be loc
257. f a long title press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the text button TEXT again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Channel number display e When the display button is pressed while in info display mode the mode changes to the channel number display mode Channel name display e When the display button is pressed while in channel number display mode it changes to channel name display mode There are short eight fixed characters and long names for the channel name Interior Comfort Audio System e The long name is displayed first and three seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed To display the rest of the characters of the channel name press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the text button TEXT again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Press the text button while the short name is displayed to switch the display to the long name e Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears e Ifthere is no channel name NO TITLE is displayed Category name display e When the display button is pressed while in channel name d
258. f fingers are caught serious injuries could occur NOTE Depending on driving conditions a closing power window could stop and start opening when the window feels a shock that is similar to something blocking it In the event the jam safe function activates and the power window cannot be closed automatically pull and hold the switch and the window will close 3 45 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Engine off power window operation The power window can be operated for about 45 seconds after the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF with all doors closed If any door is opened the power window will be inoperable NOTE For engine off operation of the power window the switch must be held up firmly throughout window closure because the auto closing function will be inoperable V Operating the Passenger Power Windows The power windows may be operated when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position The passenger windows may be opened or closed by the power window master control switches on the driver s door Owner master control switch Driver s window Left rear window Front passenger s y Right rear window 3 46 To open the window to the desired position hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position press the upper part of the switch Close x Open V Power Window Lock Switch With the lock switch in the unlocked
259. f neither coolant nor steam is escaping Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools A CAUTION If the cooling fan does not operate while the engine is running the engine temperature will increase Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 Make sure the cooling fan is operating then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased 7 When cool check the coolant reservoir level If it s low look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses 7 15 In Case of an Emergency Overheating If you find a leak or other damage or if coolant is still leaking Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you find no problems the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious Carefully add coolant as required page 8 21 A CAUTION If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats have the cooling system inspected The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 16 Starting a Flooded Engine If the engine fails to start it may be flooded excessive fuel in the engine Follow this procedure Without Advanced Keyless Entry amp Push Button Start System 1 If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try switch the ignition off wait ten seconds and try again 2 Depress the accelerator all the way and hold it there 3 Switch the ignition to START and hold it th
260. fail completely particularly on steep grades The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire its load range and corresponding inflation pressure Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels 9 35 Customer Information Tire Information U S A Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar Look for THE COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs for your maximum payload The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate 9 36 Customer Information Tire Information U S A SAMPLE AN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEM
261. ferent one that will Infant seat An infant seat provides restraint by bracing the infant s head neck and back against the seating surface 2 30 Child seat A child seat restrains a child s body using the harness Booster seat A booster seat is a child restraint accessory designed to improve the fit of the seat belt system around the child s body Installing Child Restraint Systems Accident statistics reveal that a child is safer in the rear seat The front passenger s seat is clearly the worst choice for any child under 12 and with rear facing child restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to air bags NOTE Even if your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 which automatically deactivates the front passenger air bag a rear seat is the safest place for a child of any age or size Some child restraint systems now come with tethers and therefore must be installed on the seats that take tethers to be effective In your Mazda tethered child restraint systems can only be accommodated in the three positions on the rear seat Some child restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 38 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Tethered Child Restraint Systems Work Only on Tether Equipped Rear Seats Installation of a tether equipped child restraint system in the f
262. following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 Maintenance Interval ENGINE Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km 75 000 miles if noisy adjust Drive belts I Engine oil R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 yea
263. for 1 5 seconds 3 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example If the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the code which has been input by pressing the auto memory button or scan button 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SR1 8 If it matches the registered code SRI LOCK appears for three seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SRI LOCK 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is activated At this time mute is on and no sound is heard 6 43 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is displayed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the auto memory button or scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used Lock cancellation Setting condition SAT mode NOTE The scan button refers to the operation for an In dash CD changer equipped vehicle and the auto memory button refers to the operation for a CD player equipped vehic
264. formed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 8 5 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 2 Maintenance Interval Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km 75 000 miles if noisy adjust Drive belts I agi il Puerto Rico Replace every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 3 months ngine oi g Others R R JR R JR R RIR R RIRIR Engine oil filter R R R RYIR JR RIRIRI _RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after yP that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM f Puerto Rico R R Air filter Others R Fuel lines and hoses a Hoses and tubes for emission IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs for 2 0 liter 2 5 liter engine Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles Spark plugs for 2 3 liter turbocharged en gine USA Rep ace e
265. fort Interior Equipment A CAUTION gt To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure pay attention to the following gt Do not use accessories that require more than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A gt Do not use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent gt Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket gt Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket gt Do not insert the cigarette lighter into the accessory socket gt Noise may occur on the audio playback or TV reception depending on the device connected to the accessory socket gt Depending on the device connected to the accessory socket the vehicle s electrical system may be affected which could cause the warning light to illuminate Disconnect the connected device and make sure that the problem is resolved If the problem is resolved disconnect the device from the socket and switch the ignition off If the problem is not resolved consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the socket for long periods with the engine off or idling 6 114 Connecting the accessory socket 1 Open the lid 2 Pass the connection plug cord through the cutout of the console and insert the plug into the accessory socket te In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on
266. g lights both turn signal indicator lights flash page 5 71 NOTE Ifan indicator light remains illuminated does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Beep Sounds V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible V Seat Belt Warning Beep If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds If the driver or the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h
267. g Your Mazda Driving Tips Y Snow Tires Use snow tires on all four wheels Do not go faster than 120 km h 75 mph while driving with snow tires Inflate snow tires 30 kPa 0 3 kgf cm 4 3 psi more than recommended on the tire pressure label driver s door frame but never more than the maximum cold tire pressure shown on the tires Your vehicle is originally equipped with all season radials designed to be used all year around In some extreme climates you may find it necessary to replace them with snow tires during the winter months to further improve traction on snow and ice covered roads A WARNING Use only the same size and type tires snow radial or non radial on all four wheels Using tires different in size or type is dangerous Your vehicle s handling could be greatly affected and result in an accident CAUTION Check local regulations before using studded tires NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls page 5 34 4 10 YW Tire Chains Check local regulations before using tire chains CAUTION gt Chains may affect handling gt Do not go faster than 50 km h 30 mph or the chain manufacturer s recommended limit whichever is lower gt Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes and sharp turns gt Avoid locked wheel braking gt Do not
268. g denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating M 81 mph 9 28 Customer Information Tire Information U S A Location of the Tire Label Placard You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame SAMPLE aN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE a SZ SEATING CAPACITY FRONT 2 REAR NOMBRE DE PLAaces TOTAL 5 AVANT R 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or lbs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE SIZE PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID MARAE TOR FRONT P195 70R14 200kPa 29psi Aa MM VOIR LE MANUEL ARRIERE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE TIRE V Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained Refer to Tires on page 10 11 NOTE Tire
269. g on the surroundings and vehicle conditions e Significantly cold or hot temperatures e Sudden changes in ambient temperature The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds When the ignition is switched to ACC is displayed Vv Audio Display Press the INFO switch until the AUDIO screen is displayed The audio operation status is displayed To operate the audio system refer to Audio System page 6 16 V Trip Computer The trip computer can display the following e The average fuel economy The average vehicle speed The current fuel economy The approximate distance you can travel on the available fuel 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Press the INFO switch until the trip computer screen is displayed If you have any problems with your trip computer consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Average fuel economy This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total fuel consumption and the total traveled distance since purchasing the vehicle re connecting the battery after disconnection or resetting the data The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every minute 7a F 16 66AM AVG FUEL ECONOMY 25 0 mpg AVG SPEED 45 mph To erase the displayed data Refer to Settings on page 6 107 After erasing the calculated average fuel economy in L 100 km mpg is displayed after 1 minute h
270. g the engine such as having the advanced key in the cabin and depressing the brake pedal Automatic transaxle or the clutch pedal Manual transaxle are required When the engine is force started the key warning light red remains illuminated and the key indicator light green does not illuminate Press the push button start after both the KEY indicator light green in the instrument cluster and the push button start indicator light green illuminate NOTE e After starting the engine the push button start indicator lights ACC and ON turn off and the ignition is in the ON position e After pressing the push button start and before the engine starts the operation sound of the fuel pump motor from near the fuel tank can be heard however this does not indicate a malfunction e With headlight auto leveling After pressing the push button start and before the engine starts the operation sound of the headlight leveling motors operating at the front of the engine compartment can be heard however this does not indicate a malfunction 8 After starting the engine let it idle for about ten seconds NOTE e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without the use of the accelerator e If the engine does not start the first time refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting If the engine still does not start have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer page 7 17 Sta
271. ght to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation Event Data Recorder This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder In the event of a crash this device records data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur and lead to the designing of safer vehicles Air Conditioning and the Environment Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s ozone layer If the air conditioner does not operate properly consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Perchlorate Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules seat belt pretensioners lithium batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Please be aware that this manual applies to all models equipment and options As a result you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle 2009 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in Japan Sep 2010 Print2 How to Use This Manual We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle Your owner s manual when read from cover to cover can do that in many ways Illustrations complement the words of the manual to
272. gnificantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale gt Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly gt To avoid false readings
273. gnition from ON to OFF LOCK With Advanced Keyless Entry amp Push Button Start System Press the push button start to turn off the engine A WARNING Do not stop the engine while the vehicle is moving Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced maneuverability and braking ability due to the loss of power steering and power braking which could cause an accident and serious injury A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched off NOTE The electrical fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF whether or not the A C is on or off to cool the engine compartment quickly Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Brake System V Foot Brake Your Mazda has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use Should power assist fail you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual 5 5 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off find a safe place to stop Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous Braking will require more effort and the brake s power assist could be depleted if you pump the brake Thi
274. grading system developed by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear traction and temperature performance Y Tread Wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering turning hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics V Temperature A B C The temperature grades A the highest B and C represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test w
275. h dipsticks or reservoir gauges VY Dimensions Except Mexico 4 Door 60 0 L 15 9 US gal 13 2 Imp gal Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 595 mm 180 9 in Overall width 1 755 mm 69 1 in Overall height 1 470 mm 57 9 in 16 inch 1 535 mm 60 4 in Front tread 17 inch 1 530 mm 60 2 in 16 inch 1 520 mm 59 8 in Rear tread 17 inch 1 515 mm 59 6 in Wheelbase 2 640 mm 103 9 in 10 5 Specifications 5 Door Except 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 505 mm 177 4 in Overall width 1 755 mm 69 1 in Overall height 1 470 mm 57 9 in 16 inch 1 535 mm 60 4 in Front tread 17 inch 1 530 mm 60 2 in 16 inch 1 520 mm 59 8 in Rear tread 17 inch 1 515 mm 59 6 in Wheelbase 2 640 mm 103 9 in 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 510 mm 177 6 in Overall width 1 770 mm 69 7 in Overall height 1 460 mm 57 5 in Front tread 1 535 mm 60 4 in Rear tread 1 525 mm 60 0 in Wheelbase 2 640 mm 103 9 in Mexico 4 Door Item Vehicle specification Without license plate 4 580 mm 180 3 in Overall length holder Overall width With license plate holder 4 595 mm 180 9 in 1 755 mm 69 1 in Overall height 1 470 mm 57 9 in 16 inch 1 535 mm 60 4 in Front tread
276. h keys and locking their cars parents should be aware that children may be tempted to play around vehicles and use the trunk as a hiding place Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the inside trunk release lever so that all children can be told about it in an appropriate way keeping in mind that most vehicles do not have such levers Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Close the trunk lid be sure the seat backs are latched and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle Leaving the trunk lid open or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by latching the rear seats doors and the trunk and keeping the keys where children can not play with them Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration Do not leave your children or pets alone in a car at any time Do not leave the car the rear folding seats or the trunk unlocked 3 43 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Opening the Trunk Lid from the Inside Slide the inside trunk release lever in the direction of the arrow The lever is made of material that will glow for hours in the
277. he driver s door lock switch within 10 seconds of switching the ignition ON and make sure a beep sound is heard about eight seconds afterwards 4 Referring to the auto lock unlock function setting table determine the function number for the desired setting and press the unlock side of the driver s door lock switch only in the amount of the selected function number Ex If you select function 2 press the unlock side of the switch only 2 times NOTE There are only a total of five auto lock unlock settings available for automatic transaxle vehicles and three for manual transaxle vehicles Be sure to press the unlock side of the driver s door lock switch the correct number of times according to the selected function number If the switch is mistakenly pressed six times on an automatic transaxle vehicle or four times on a manual transaxle the procedure will be invalidated If this occurs start the procedure from the beginning 5 Three seconds after the function setting has been changed a beep sound will beep in the amount of the selected function number NOTE e The doors cannot be locked or unlocked while the setting function is being performed The procedure can be cancelled by pressing the lock side of the driver s door lock switch Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Rear Door Child Safety Locks These locks are intended to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors Use them both w
278. he artist s name e If there is no artist s name NO ARTIST is displayed Song title display e When the display button is pressed while in artist name display mode it changes to the song title display mode To display the rest of the characters of the song title press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the text button TEXT again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title e Three more seconds after scrolling the song title the display automatically returns to display the first part of the song title e Ifthere is no song title NO SONG is displayed 6 40 INFO such as composer s name display e When the display button is pressed while in song title display mode it changes to the INFO display mode To display the rest of the characters of the composer s name press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the text button TEXT again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Three seconds after scrolling the text the display automatically returns to display the first part of the text If there is no composer name NO INFO is displayed Instant replay This function allows you to rewind and replay the program that you were previously or are currently listening to Press the instant replay button PI
279. he auxiliary key 3 6 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTION gt Be careful not to allow the rubber ring shown in the figure to be scratched or damaged gt If the rubber ring detaches reattach it before inserting a new battery Rubber ring Y Service If you have a problem with the advanced keyless functions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your advanced key is lost or stolen bring all remaining advanced keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen advanced key inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions Y Operational Range The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried NOTE When the battery power is low or in places where there are high intensity radio waves or noise the operational range may become narrower or the system may not operate Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate The operational range for locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate is an area of up to 80 cm 31 in from the center of the front door handles The operational range for locking th
280. he following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Manual tuning Turning the manual tuning dial will change the frequency higher or lower Seek tuning Pressing the seek tuning button A V will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically NOTE If you continue to press and hold the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample strong stations Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval Preset channel tuning The 6 preset channels can be used to store 6 AM and 12 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Depress a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FM1 or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed NOTE If the power supply
281. he oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and reinsert it fully 2 0 liter and 2 5 liter engine 8 20 5 Pull it out again and examine the level The level is normal if it is between Low or MIN and Full or MAX If it is near or below Low or MIN add enough oil to bring the level to Full or MAX A CAUTION Do not add engine oil over Full or MAX This may cause engine damage 6 Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick Engine Coolant V Inspecting Coolant Level A WARNING Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment DO NOT ADD COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT A hot engine is dangerous If the engine has been running parts of the engine compartment can become very hot You could be burned Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir but do not open it or 3 Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling an f Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i a Y Do not remove the cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure
282. he seat belt warning function reminds the front passenger to fasten the seat belt according to the chart below Vehicle speed Condition Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Seat belt Driver OJO X X OJOIXI X Seat belt Passenger OIXJO X O X O X Indicator A A g e Beep DIDIDA O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated amp Flashing d Beep Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed NOTE To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference e When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that neither the warning light nor the warning beep operate VY Door Ajar Warning Light fol JN This warning light illuminates when any door trunk or liftgate is not securely closed Close the door trunk or liftgate securely before driving the vehicle Y Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light i i This warning light
283. he steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right This can lead to loss of control or an accident Y Steering Wheel Adjustment To change the angle or length of the steering wheel 1 Stop the vehicle pull up the lock release lever under the steering column Lock release lever 2 Tilt the steering wheel and or adjust the steering column length to the desired positions push the lever down to lock the column 3 Push the wheel up and down to be certain it s locked before driving 3 64 Mirrors Y Outside Mirrors Check the mirror angles before driving Mirror type Flat type driver s side Flat surface mirror Convex type front passenger side The mirror has single curvature on its surface A WARNING Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes Changing lanes without taking into account the actual distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous You could have a serious accident What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears Power mirror The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON To adjust 1 Press the left or right side of the selector switch to choose the left or right side mirror 2 Depress the mirror switch in the appropriate direction Mirror switch Selector switch MZ ey P After adjusting the mirror lock the control by placing the s
284. he temperature of the vehicle s interior changes suddenly The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat changes The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the front passenger seat receives a severe impact If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat first re install your child restraint system according to the procedure in this owner s manual Then if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still does not illuminate install the child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat have the passenger re adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the floor and then re fastening the seat belt If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still illuminates move the passenger to the rear seat If sitting in the rear seat is not possible slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible Y Driver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags 2 60
285. he turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law 7 2 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Spare Tire and Tool Storage Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram 4 Door Tiedown eyelet Spare tire a E lt YY Tw Jack Lug wrench Jack handle Bolt for flat tire In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 5 Door TY l Jack handle pare tire 1edown eyelet Type A Jack Lug wrench Bolt for flat tire Type B Jack handle Spare tire Tiedown eyelet Jack Lug wrench Bolt for flat tire 7 4 VY Jack To remove the jack 4 Door 1 Remove the cover ie a XS eo 2 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise Jack screw In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 5 Door 1 Turn the knob and remove the cover Llc ae 2 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise Jack screw f s Wing bolt In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire To secure the jack 1 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing up and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it 2 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure Jack screw 3
286. he unlock button on the transmitter The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off NOTE When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter or request switch on the front doors or using the key while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off VY To Stop the Alarm A triggered alarm can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock a door with the key e Press the unlock button or press and hold the trunk button on the keyless entry system transmitter e The engine is started with the ignition key Knowing Your Mazda Security System Ovih advanced key Press a request switch on the doors e Press the electric liftgate trunk lid opener e Press the unlock button or press and hold the trunk button on the transmitter e The engine is started with the push button start NOTE If you have any problem with the theft deterrent system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Theft Deterrent Labels A label indicating that your vehicle is equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is in the glove compartment Mazda recommends that you affix it to the lower rear corner of a front door window 3 63 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors Steering Wheel A WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving Adjusting t
287. headlight switch does not need to be on The lever will return to the normal position when released V Headlight Leveling The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment change the angle of the headlights Auto type The angle of the headlights will be automatically adjusted when turning on the headlights Manual type The headlight leveling switch adjusts this angle Select the proper setting from the following chart 2 0 liter and 2 5 liter engine models Front seat Rear Switch Load ie Driver Passenger seat Position x 0 X x 0 x x x 1 x x x x 2 x x 3 x Yes No 2 3 liter turbocharged engine model Front seat Rear Switch Load ie Driver Passenger seat Position x 5 0 X x 0 x x x 1 x x x x 2 x x 2 x Yes No Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls V Adaptive Front Lighting System AFS The adaptive front lighting system AFS automatically adjusts the headlight beams to the left or right in conjunction with the operation of the steering wheel after the headlights have been turned on and the vehicle speed is about 2 km h 2 mph or higher AFS OFF indicator light The AFS OFF indicator light illuminates briefly when the ignition is switched ON and then turns off Pressing the AFS OFF switch cancels the
288. heck all gauges Check all warning lights when the ignition is switched ON Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off Always be thoroughly familiar with your Mazda Break In Period No special break in is necessary but a few precautions in the first 1 000 km 600 miles may add to the performance economy and life of your Mazda e Do not race the engine e Do not maintain one constant speed either slow or fast for a long period of time e Do not drive constantly at full throttle or high engine rpm for extended periods of time Avoid unnecessary hard stops Avoid full throttle starts Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Money Saving Suggestions How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs e Avoid long warm ups Once the engine runs smoothly begin driving e Avoid fast starts e Keep the engine tuned Follow the maintenance schedule page 8 3 and have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing e Use the air conditioner only when necessary Slow down on rough roads Keep the tires properly inflated Do not carry unnecessary weight Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving e Keep the wheels in correct alignment Keep windows closed at high speeds Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds A WARNING Never stop the
289. heck your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle Whatever child restraint system you consider please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child restraint system A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts both lap and shoulder If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face move the child closer to the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats and towards the buckle on the right if the child is seated on the center seat Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age and more so with a supplemental restraint system air bags A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air bag system activated The front passenger s seat is also the least preferred seat for other child restraint systems With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates When an
290. heel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 21 Customer Information Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS A WARNING Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary with respect to grade ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS V Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Tre
291. henever a child rides in the vehicle If you slide the child safety lock to the lock position before closing that door the door cannot be opened from the inside The door can be opened only by pulling the outside handle 3 37 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Liftgate 5 Door A WARNING Never allow a person to ride in the luggage compartment Allowing a person to ride in the luggage compartment is dangerous The person in the luggage compartment could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Do not drive with the liftgate open Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle is dangerous An open liftgate in a moving vehicle will cause exhaust gas to be drawn into the cabin This gas contains CO carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous and it can cause loss of consciousness and death Moreover an open liftgate could cause occupants to fall out in an accident Locking Unlocking with Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by inserting the key into the driver s door key cylinder refer to Power Door Locks page 3 34 YV Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 3 38 Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The liftgate can
292. her front seat reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in the passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Your front passenger seat has weight sensors sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could result in serious injury Always sit upright against the seatback with your feet on the floor Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the
293. hield and front door windows NOTE In the W position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the YY position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning 1 Press the AUTO switch Selection of the airflow mode air intake selector and amount of airflow will be automatically controlled 6 13 Interior Comfort Climate Control System 2 Use the temperature control dial to select a desired temperature Press the DUAL switch or turn the front passenger temperature control dial to control the set temperature individually for the driver and front passenger To turn off the system press the OFF switch NOTE e Setting the temperature to the maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents 6 14 V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging Gy FRONT Press the windshield defroster switch In this position the outside air position is automatically selected and the air conditioner automatically turns on The air conditioner will directly dehumidify the air to the front windshield and side windows page 6 4 Airflow amount will be increased A WARNING Set the temperature control
294. horized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately V Anti Lock Brake System ABS The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel If one is about to lock up the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel s brake The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear a chattering noise from the brake system This is normal when the ABS operates Continue to depress the brake pedal without pumping the brakes A WARNING Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident NOTE Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces snow or gravel for example which usually have a hard foundation A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid e The
295. ift position indicator illuminates and the numeral for the selected gear displays in the gear position indicator 5 54 Some models V Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light Blue a ted When the ignition is switched ON the light illuminates momentarily and then turns off The light illuminates continuously when the engine coolant temperature is low and turns off after the engine has reached normal operating temperature NOTE If the low engine coolant temperature indicator light remains illuminated after the engine has been sufficiently warmed up the temperature sensor could have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V TCS DSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS or DSC may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on V DSC OFF Indicator Light DSC OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illumina
296. ight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children Always use seat belts and child restraints 2 28 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously i
297. ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object from either outside or inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is most likely that the engine is left running 5 68 NOTE Switching the auto wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving at a vehicle speed of 4 km h 2 mph or higher or after driving the vehicle activates the windshield wipers once after which they operate according to the rainfall amount The auto wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about 10 C 14 F or lower or about 85 C 185 F or higher e If the windshield is coated with water repellent the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and auto wiper control may not operate properly e If dirt or foreign matter Such as ice or matter containing salt water adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor or if the windshield is ic
298. ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off page 5 28 If the light stays on when the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction V DSC OFF Switch Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the TCS DSC The DSC OFF indicator light will illuminate Press the switch again to turn the TCS DSC back on The DSC OFF indicator light will go out NOTE When DSC is on and you attempt to free the vehicle when it is stuck or drive it out of freshly fallen snow the TCS part of the DSC system will activate Depressing the accelerator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult When this happens turn off the TCS DSC If the TCS DSC is off when the engine is turned off it automatically activates when the ignition is switched ON Leaving the TCS DSC on will provide the best stability Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving 5 29 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS monitors the pressure for each tire If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires the system will inform the driver via the warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to the re
299. immobilizer system or the advanced key including auxiliary key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight Knowing Your Mazda Security System A CAUTION Do not allow the following when starting the engine with the auxiliary key due to an advanced key dead battery or other malfunction Otherwise the signal from the auxiliary key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start gt A key ring rests on the key grip gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the auxiliary key grip amp gt Spare auxiliary keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the auxiliary key gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the auxiliary key 3 53 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE The advanced keys including auxiliary key carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement advanced k
300. inates when the ignition is switched ON The light turns off after a few seconds The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions Condition detected by the A Front passenger seat Front passenger air bag _ Front passenger front and 7 front passenger occupant a T Se 4 5 A belt pretensioner A deactivation indicator light side air bags classification system system Empty Not occupied Off Deactivated Deactivated Child of child rystraint On Deactivated Deactivated system Adult Off Ready Ready Ifthe front passenger seat belt is buckled the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates however this does not indicate a malfunction 2 Ifa larger child sits on the front passenger seat the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending on the child s physique 3 Ifa smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat the sensors might detect the person as being a child depending on the person s physique The curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work properly in an accident 2 57 Essenti
301. ine oil filler cap Battery Engine oil dipstick Power steering fluid reservoir Windshield washer fluid reservoir 8 17 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Oil NOTE Changing the engine oil should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Recommended Oil Use SAE 0W 20 engine oil 2 0 liter and 2 5 liter engine Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts For optimal engine performance there are certain types of engine oils and filters suitable for your vehicle Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer U S A and CANADA ILSAC 8 18 Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 ILSAC Mexico Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil If SAE 5W 20 engine oil is not available in your market use SAE 5W 30 engine oil The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 4
302. ing and driving on slippery roads If the shift lever is tapped back or forward while in the second gear fixed mode the mode will be canceled Shifting specification Shifting up If the vehicle speed is lower than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted up to a higher gear Vehicle speed Gear 2 0 liter engine 2 5 liter engine model model You can shift up to M2 whether the vehicle is stopped or moving 20 5 km h 20 5 km h 12 8 mph 12 8 mph M1 gt M2 M2 M3 M3 M4 M4 gt M5 37 km h 23 mph 34 km h 22 mph Shifting down If the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted to a lower gear so as to protect the transaxle Vehicle speed Gear 2 0 liter engine 2 5 liter engine model model 213 km h 196 km h M5 gt M410139 mph 121 mph M4 M3 153 km h 95 mph 135 km h 83 mph M3 M2 100 km h 62 mph 90 km h 55 mph M2 M1 40 km h 24 mph 37 km h 22 mph 5 18 NOTE Regarding the vehicle speed at the highest gear indicated above achieving this speed may not actually be possible depending on various driving conditions such as the wind upslope and road surface During deceleration the gears shift down automatically when speed is reduced to the following Gear Vehicle speed M5 or M4 gt M3 31 km h 19 mph
303. ing another vehicle or climbing steep grades depress the accelerator fully The transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Climbing steep grades from a stop To climb a steep grade from a stopped position 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Shift to D or M1 depending on the load weight and grade steepness 3 Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Descending steep grades When descending a steep grade shift to lower gears depending on load weight and grade steepness Descend slowly using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating 5 19 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Power Steering Power steering is only operable when the engine is running If the engine is off or if the power steering system is inoperable you can still steer but it requires more physical effort If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with the engine running This could damage the power steering system V Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light Hl This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started 5 20 If the light remains illuminated after the engine is started or illuminates while driving turn off
304. ing the brake pedal when depressing the accelerator pedal V Parking Brake A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition off set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P automatic transaxle or in 1st gear or R manual transaxle Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition off setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P automatic transaxle or to ist gear or R manual transaxle is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur which could result in an accident In addition if your intention is to leave the vehicle for even a short period it is important to switch the ignition off as leaving it in another position will disable some of the vehicle s security systems and run the battery down A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake linings or pads NOTE For parking in snow refer to Winter Driving page 4 9 regarding parking brake use Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Setting the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and then firmly pull the parking brake lever fully upwards with sufficient force to hold the vehicle in a stationary position Releasing the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and pull the parking brake lever upwards then press the release button While holding the button lower the parking brake lever all the way down to the released position Driving Yo
305. ing up using the talk button pick up button and hang up button on the steering wheel Talk button Pick up button Hang up button Talk button operations A short press or a long press of the talk button is used to operate the system as follows e Short press Press the button less than 0 7 sec e Long press Press the button 0 7 sec or more Information display When available the information display shows telephone numbers Bluetooth Hands Free messages and operation status DISC IN TZ y SeN E Am AUTOA A GY e SDS Pic Bluetooth phone connected Microphone The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation Audio unit The audio unit is used for adjusting the volume Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Y Voice To prevent the deterioration in voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points must be observed e It is not necessary to face the microphone or approach it Speak the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position e Close the windows and or the moonroof to reduce loud noises from outside the vehicle or turn down the airflow of the climate control system while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Voice recognition may not function correctly or voice quality may deteriorate under the following conditions e A passenger is speaking e Driving with the
306. ing with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision 2 2 Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident A CAUTION Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the front seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury V Seat Slide To move a seat forward or backward raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with eit
307. ings consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If separate buzzer volume settings have been done at an Authorized Mazda Dealer you will be unable to change the settings Resetting the data for the trip computer average fuel economy and the average vehicle speed 1 Press the INFO switch until the SETTINGS screen is displayed 2 Select RESET AVERAGES and press the Enter up down switch 3 Select FUEL ECONOMY or SPEED and press the Enter up down switch 6 108 Cup Holder A WARNING Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous If the contents spill you could be scalded A CAUTION To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep the cup holders closed when they are not in use or when using them for storage Y Front To use open the cover V Rear The rear cup holder is on the rear center A 7 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Bottle Holder Bottle holders are on the inside of the doors A CAUTION Do not use the bottle holders for containers without caps The contents may spill when the door is opened or closed 6 109 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Storage Compartments A WARNING Keep storage boxes closed when driving Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a su
308. ion could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level Jump starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous It may rupture or explode causing serious injury Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative terminal of the discharged battery is dangerous A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts cooling fans belts is dangerous The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury A CAUTION Use only a 12 V booster system You can damage a 12 V starter ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reverse order Discharged battery Booster battery 7 19 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 1 Remove the battery cover from its front side Battery cover A CAUTION gt Do not use a tool which applies excessive force such as a screwdriver or pliers If excessive force is applied to the clips they could be damaged To prevent damaging the battery
309. ion placard or tire label for optimum service VY Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z O s OF Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 11 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness 9 32 Customer Information Tire Information U S A A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side With limited slip differential Don t use the following gt Tires not of the designated size gt Tires of different sizes or types at the same time gt Tires not sufficiently inflated If these instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and t
310. ip Differential system don t use the following gt Tires not of the designated size gt Tires of different sizes or types at the same time gt Tires not sufficiently inflated If these instructions aren t followed the rotation of the left and right wheels will be different and will thus apply a constant load on the limited slip differential This will cause a malfunction Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident Replace all four tires at the same time Replacing just one tire is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking resulting in loss of vehicle control Mazda strongly recommends that you replace all four tires at the same time CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged 8 38 NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls are used the system may not function correctly even with a genuine wheel Refer to System Error Activation on page 5 34 Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 34 If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as
311. ir Bags The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard passenger s head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 In a side impact Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on that side only to inflate The side and curtain air bags will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light ee 4 If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work in an accident Some models 2 51 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authoriz
312. ir to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 11 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE e Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for I hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient tempera
313. ire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 9 34 Customer Information Tire Information U S A Vehicle Loading A WARNING Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label A WARNING Overloaded Vehicle Overloading a vehicle is dangerous The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety Too much weight on a vehicle s suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure brake failure handling or steering problems irregular tire wear tire failure or other damage Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control It also increases the distance required for stopping In cases of serious overloading brakes can
314. ire and rim gt The temporary spare tire has a tread life of less than 5 000 km 3 000 miles The tread life may be shorter depending on driving conditions gt The temporary spare tire is for limited use however if the tread wear solid band indicator appears replace the tire with the same type of temporary spare page 8 38 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 23 V Replacing a Wheel A WARNING Always use wheels of the correct size on your vehicle Using a wrong sized wheel is dangerous Braking and handling could be affected leading to loss of control and an accident 8 39 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance CAUTION gt A wrong sized wheel may adversely affect Tire fit Wheel and bearing life Ground clearance Snow chain clearance Speedometer calibration Headlight aim Bumper height Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt Limited Slip Differential System gt With Tire Pressure Monitoring
315. is free and takes only a few minutes 6 35 Interior Comfort Audio System SIRIUS service uses an ID code to identify your radio This code is needed to activate SIRIUS service and report any problems To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner call a SIRIUS customer service specialist at 1 888 539 7474 or you can visit SIRIUS online at www sirius com Please have the following information ready e SIRIUS ID 12 digit electronic serial no or ESN e Valid credit card information may not be required at initial sign up Be sure you are parked outside with a clear view of open sky you will be instructed to turn on your radio in SAT mode and tuned to channel 184 Activation typically takes only 2 5 minutes ESN Electronic Serial Number SIRIUS operation All operations of the satellite radio are conducted by means of the audio unit SIRIUS radio mode selection When the satellite button is pressed during ACC ON it will play the last SIRIUS channel in use before the mode was switched over to another mode or the power was turned off When the satellite button is pressed in a mode other than the SIRIUS mode the last channel in use will be received 6 36 Every time the satellite button is pressed the bank changes in the order shown below SR1 gt SR2 gt SR3 NOTE SR1 SR2 and SR3 six stations can be stored in each bank for convenient access to your favorite stations Operation in th
316. isplay mode it changes to the category name display mode There are short eight fixed characters and long names for the category name e The long name is displayed first and three seconds later the short name is displayed If there is no short name the long name is displayed e To display the rest of the characters of the category name press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the text button TEXT again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Press the text button while the short name is displayed to switch the display to the long name 6 39 Interior Comfort Audio System Three seconds after scrolling the long name the display automatically returns to display the first part of the long name Three more seconds and the short name appears e Ifthere is no category name NO CATEGORY is displayed Artist name display e When the display button is pressed while in category name display mode it changes to the artist name display mode To display the rest of the characters of the artist s name press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next eight characters Press the text button TEXT again after the last eight characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title e Three seconds after scrolling the artist name the display automatically return to display the first part of t
317. isplay settings Displayed when the 6 107 INFO switch is pressed Navigation system Refer to the separate manual 6 99 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VY Clock The time is displayed when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON 1 ARAM Time setting Refer to Clock on page 6 97 Time resetting Refer to Clock on page 6 97 With navigation system Time zone switching 1 Press the INFO switch until the SETTINGS screen is displayed 2 Select PREFERENCES by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 3 Select TIME ZONE by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 4 Select the desired time zone by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 6 100 NOTE Daylight saving time is not reflected in the time zone displayed The clock does not display if there is no GPS signal reception e If the battery cables are disconnected and then reconnected the clock does not operate until a GPS signal is received Do not place objects on the dashboard otherwise the clock may be unable to receive the GPS signal normally V Outside Temperature Display When the ignition is switched ON the ambient temperature is displayed fo F NOTE Under the following conditions the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature dependin
318. ission is compromised such as inside a metal container or the trunk Move the Bluetooth audio device to a location where transmission is possible Battery consumption of Bluetooth audio devices is higher while Bluetooth connected If a non Bluetooth device is to be used a commercially available Bluetooth adapter is required When playing an audio device with a Bluetooth adapter installed programming of the audio device may not be possible or audio may not be heard from the vehicle speakers if the connection of the adapter and the device is poor If this happens check if the Bluetooth adapter is properly connected Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio Preparation Bluetooth audio device set up Bluetooth audio programming changes deletions and display of programmed device information can be performed 1 The mode changes as follows each time the audio control dial is pressed Select BT SETUP Standard audio equipped model ALC OFF BASS TREE FADE BAL BEEF OH ILLM EFT OH Welcome OW BT SETUP 6 63 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Bos Sound System equipped model AudioPLT OFF CENTERPT OFF BASS TREB FADE BAL BEEP ON ILLFl EFT ON Welcome ON BT SETUP Depending on the mode selected the indication
319. ium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged Y Lubricant Quality Lubricant Classification Engine oil Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on page 8 18 g API Service GL 4 Manual transaxle oil SAE 75W 80 Mazda Genuine ATF M V Mazda Genuine ATF M NI M V or equivalent e g Dexron II SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT 3 Automatic transaxle fluid Power steering fluid Brake Clutch fluid 10 4 Vv Capacities Approximate Quantities Specifications Item Capacity With oil filter 4 3 L 4 5 US qt 3 8 Imp qt replacement 2 0 liter engine Sider ail ithout oil filter replacement 3 9 L 4 1 US qt 3 4 Imp qt With oil filter 5 7L 6 0 US qt 5 0 I t MEE 2 3 liter turbocharged replacement q mp qt ets engine Without oil filter replacement 5 3 L 5 6 US qt 4 7 Imp qt With oil filter replacement 5 0 L 5 3 US qt 4 4 Imp qt 2 5 liter engine era ithout oil filter replacement 4 6 L 4 9 US qt 4 0 Imp qt Coolant 7 5 L 7 9 US qt 6 6 Imp qt Manual transaxle oil 2 0 liter engine 2 77 L 2 93 US qt 2 44 Imp qt 2 3 liter turbocharged engine 2 5 L 2 6 US qt 2 2 Imp qt 2 5 liter engine 2 85 L 3 01 US qt 2 51 Imp qt Automatic transaxle fluid 8 14 L 8 60 US qt 7 16 Imp qt Fuel tank 2 0 liter engine 55 0 L 14 5 US gal 12 1 Imp gal Except 2 0 liter engine Check oil and fluid levels wit
320. k number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during
321. ke light is no longer illuminated Some models 5 43 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately Y ABS Warning Light es The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 5 44 NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery With DSC vehicles The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit
322. ked unlocked by operating the request switch on the front doors and the liftgate while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking unlocking with transmitter with advanced key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 17 Locking unlocking with transmitter with retractable type key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 27 3 35 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Auto lock unlock function A WARNING Do not pull the inner handle on a front door Pulling an inner handle on a front door while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Passengers can fall out of the vehicle if a front door accidentally opens which could result in death or serious injury e When the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km h 12 mph all doors and the liftgate lock automatically e When the ignition is switched off all doors and the liftgate unlock automatically These functions can also be disabled so that they do not operate NOTE Additional auto lock unlock function Automatic transaxle A function setting is also available which enable automatic locking and unlocking of doors and the liftgate when shifting gears Refer to Personalization Features on page 10
323. kwise then remove the wheel Y Locking Lug Nuts If your vehicle has optional antitheft wheel lug nuts one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a special key to unlock them This key is attached to the lug wrench and is stored with the spare tire Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove box and mailing it in the accompanying envelope If you lose this key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or use the lock manufacturer s order form which is with the registration card Antitheft lug nut Special key OAP To remove an antitheft lug nut j Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut 2 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Don t use a power impact wrench 3 Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure Turn the wrench counterclockwise 7 12 Some models To install the nut 1 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Don t use a power impact wrench 2 Place the lug wrench on top of the key apply pressure and turn it clockwise YV Mounting the Spare Tire 1 Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub including the hub bolts with a cloth A WARNING Make sure the mounting surfaces of the
324. l range e The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 e A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds e Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the push button start has not been pressed off to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed The KEY warning light red will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle e The push button start has not been pressed off the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle e The push button start has not been pressed off and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle NOTE Because the advanced key utilizes low intensity radio waves the Advanced Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal reception area KEY Indicator Light Green When illuminated When the brake pedal is depressed with an automatic transaxle or the clutch pedal is depressed with a manual transaxle the system confirms that the correct advanced key is inside the vehicle the KEY indicator light green illuminates and the push button start can be pressed to ACC page 3 12 When flashing When the push button start
325. lacing Exterior Light Bulbs NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton for the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly and out of the reach of children Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Xenon fusion bulb Adaptive front lighting system Replacing the headlight bulbs Low High beam bulbs You cannot replace the low high beam bulbs by yourself The bulbs must be replaced at an expert repairer we recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer Parking lights Except Canada 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 3 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Daytime running lights Canada 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of th
326. layed and it returns to the former display Channel preset buttons 1 2 3 4 and the auto memory button or scan button are used for input of the ID code Buttons 5 and 6 cannot be used MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Compact Disc CD Player Load button CD slot CD play button CD eject button Track up Fast forward button Repeat button Random button FM 1 2 LCa e sat __aux Fron Z Folder down button V DISC CAT A vV FOLDER A Folder up scan A f p f button al 5 o ERD WMA Type Playable data Music MP3 WMA CD player e Music data CD DA e MP3 WMA file NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play NOTE There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 6 46 Play Pause button Display button Track down Reverse button Scan button Text button Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button amp to eject th
327. ld Restraint A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Except center position Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 2 34 V If You Must Use the Front Seat for Children If you cannot put all children in the rear seat at least put the smallest children in the rear and be sure the largest child up front uses the shoulder belt over the shoulder NEVER put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat whether your vehicle is equipped with a seat weight sensor or not This seat is also not set up for tethered child restraint systems put them in one of the rear seat positions set
328. le Releasing a locked channel 1 Select a channel to be released by turning the manual tuning dial Example Select the locked channel i e 100 At this time SR1 LOCK 100 is displayed Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press and hold the auto memory button or scan button then press channel preset button 6 Hold both buttons together for 1 5 seconds 3 ENTER PIN appears for three seconds which indicates that it is in code input mode 4 SRI appears which indicates that it is ready for code input Registered ID code input 5 Input the registered ID code using channel preset buttons 1 4 Example When the registered ID code is 2323 input 2323 At this time SR1 2323 is displayed 6 44 NOTE If Err is displayed go to the INITIALIZATION OF ID CODE section to reset the ID code to 0000 Registered ID code input determination 6 Determine the input code by pressing the auto memory button or scan button 7 If it does not match the registered code SRI Err is displayed and then it returns to SR1 8 If it matches the registered code SRI UNLOCK appears for three seconds which indicates that the code input has been completed 9 SR1 100 appears which indicates that the parental lock is off At this time sound is heard NOTE Ifan ID code is not input for ten seconds Err is disp
329. light will turn off To reactivate the automatic dimming function press the ON OFF button The indicator light will illuminate Indicator light ON OFF button NOTE Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects on or around the light sensor Otherwise light sensor sensitivity will be affected and may not operate normally Light sensor The auto dimmer function is canceled when the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever selector lever is in reverse R Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors 3 67 3 68 Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions sscccscsscssssssseesseees Fuel Requirement 2 4 00 cccises renei enio ik Emission Control System ccccccesseeseessceseeeeeeseeseeeeeneeeeeeseenes Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide c scsssseeceeseeeeeeeneeseees Before Starting the Engine cscssssesscsssssessssssssrsssssessesees Before Gettingn cranieni kita sted eek Genet After Getting In ngicen iie e ladies Meck Driving Tips cssccccsscssssscsssssssesssscsssssssssssscsssssssessssseessesees Break In Period noni ete ha tenes ead een tae Money Saving Suggestions ceecceseeesceseeeeeeeeseeeseeneeeeeeseenes Hazardous Drying 22 62 i E fale hehe ees Floor Matome aaa a A A RENE Rocking the Vehicle 0 0 p deienysenteeneiin creates Winter Driving 4 cs d
330. lizer system If you are using the proper advanced key and the engine fails to start check the security indicator light If the indicator light is flashing switch the ignition to ACC or switch the ignition off and wait for a while then restart the engine If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer e If the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If the engine is shut off while the indicator light is flashing you will not be able to restart it e Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the advanced key including auxiliary key are needed Bring all the advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Security System Immobilizer System without Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with a key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft
331. llowing procedure If the procedure is not done correctly the automatic transaxle fluid level cannot be measured accurately which could lead to automatic transaxle damage gt A low fluid level can cause transaxle slippage Overfilling can cause foaming loss of fluid and transaxle malfunction gt It is recommended to use Mazda Genuine automatic transaxle fluid page 10 4 1 Park on a level surface and set the parking brake firmly 2 Make sure there is no ATF leakage from the ATF hose or the housing 3 Shift the shift lever to the park position P start the engine and warm it up A CAUTION Do not shift the shift lever while the engine is warming up If the ATF level is extremely low the automatic transaxle could be damaged 4 While the engine is still idling pull out the dipstick and wipe it clean and then put it back Check the ATF level If there is no ATF adhering 5 mm from the end of the dipstick add ATF A CAUTION If there is no ATF adhering to the dipstick even after the engine has been warmed up do not drive the vehicle Otherwise the automatic transaxle could be damaged Nn 6 Shift the shift lever to each range and position and make sure there is no abnormality 7 Drive the vehicle on city roads for 5 km 3 1 mile or more oo Park on a level surface and set the parking brake firmly 9 Shift the shift lever to the park position P check the ATF level while the
332. long with the heater to dehumidify the air V Parking in Direct Sunlight If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows to let warm air escape then run the climate control system 6 2 Some models V Not Using for a Long Period Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep internal parts lubricated V Check the Refrigerant before the Weather Gets Hot Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot Lack of refrigerant may make the air conditioner less efficient Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for refrigerant inspection The air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that will not damage the ozone layer If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant or has a malfunction consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Replacement of the Cabin Air Filter If your vehicle is equipped with an air filter for the air conditioner it is necessary to change the filter periodically as indicated in scheduled maintenance page 8 3 Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for replacement of the cabin air filter Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation V Adjusting the Vents Center Vents Directing airflow To adjust the direction of airflow move the adjustment knob Side Vents To adjust the direction of airflow open the vents and rotate them left and right NOTE When using th
333. lso help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the auxiliary key is in the key slot The keyless entry system is fully operational when the push button start is switched off The system does not operate if the push button start is switched to any position other than off All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked by pressing the lock button while any door or the liftgate is open The hazard warning lights will also not flash e If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operational range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 5 3 17 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Transmitter Lock button Operation indicator light Unlock button Trunk button 4 door Panic button The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once To confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound The system can be set not
334. luminated by turning the front passenger temperature control dial even when the DUAL switch is off which allows individual control of the set temperature for the driver and front passenger Fan control dial The fan has seven speeds The selected speed will be displayed 6 11 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Mode selector switch lt ys MODE gt The desired airflow mode can be selected page 6 4 NOTE With the airflow mode set to the 74 position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and a comparably lower air temperature will flow through the central left and right vents To set the air vent to W press the windshield defroster switch Inthe or W position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the or W position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode A C switch 7 Ae 6 12 Pressing the A C switch while the AUTO switch is turned on will turn off the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions The air conditioning can be turned on and off by pressing the A C switch while the fan control dial is on NOTE The air conditioning operates when the A C switch is pressed even if the fan is off The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approache
335. mation prompt function is turned on Ex Calling John s device Is this correct When the confirmation prompt function is turned off Ex Calling John s device NOTE If the confirmation prompt function is turned off when making an emergency call the system reads out and confirms the command before executing it 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Confirmation prompts 5 Prompt Confirmation prompts are on off Would you like to turn confirmation prompts off on 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Confirmation prompts are off on returning to main menu 6 90 V Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment The voice recognition learning function enables voice recognition appropriate to the characteristics of the user s voice If the recognition of the voice input commands to the system is not adequate this function can largely improve the system s voice recognition of the user If your voice can be recognized sufficiently without using this function you may not realize the added benefit of the function To register your voice the voice input command list must be read out Read out the list when the vehicle is parked Perform the registration in as q
336. me Registered location Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location deleted returning to main menu Complete deletion of the phonebook data All data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be erased NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Erase all 5 Prompt Are you sure you want to erase everything from your Hands Free system phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt You are about to delete everything from your Hands Free system phonebook Do you want to continue 8 Say Beep Yes Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 9 Prompt Please wait erasing the Hands Free system phonebook 10 Prompt Hands Free system phonebook erased returning to main menu Read out of names registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the list of names registered to its phonebook 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select on
337. mes 1 2 3 4 button 2 twice 1 2 button 3 once 1 and button 4 three times 1 2 3 If the PIN 0000 display disappears before finishing the PIN code input repeat the procedure from Step 1 NOTE Some devices accept only a particular pairing code Usually 0000 or 1234 If pairing cannot be completed refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device and try those numbers if necessary 4 Press the audio control dial while the input PIN code is displayed PAIRING flashes on the display 5 Operate the Bluetooth audio device and set it to the program mode while PAIRING is flashing 6 When the programming is completed yi and PAIR SUCCESS are displayed after about 10 30 seconds after which PAIR SUCCESS continues to be displayed for three seconds and then the unit returns to the normal display 6 65 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio NOTE e Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the Fi symbol is displayed Ifthe programming failed Err flashes for three seconds e Programming cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving If you attempt to perform programming while the vehicle is moving PAIR DISABLE is displayed e Ifseven Bluetooth audio devices have already been programmed to the vehicle programming cannot be performed and MEMORY FULL is displayed Delete one programmed device to program anothe
338. metric nuts of the same configuration Because the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads using a non metric nut is dangerous On a metric stud it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident 5 Store the damaged tire using the tire hold down bolt to hold it in place Without sub woofer i Bolt for flat tire Tire clamp 7 13 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire With sub woofer _ Bolt for flat tire Sub woofer amp CS 6 Remove the tire blocks and store the tools jack and damaged tire 7 Check the inflation pressure Refer to the specification charts on page 10 11 8 Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous Tires with incorrect pressure could affect handling and result in an accident When you check the regular tires air pressure check the spare tire too NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 32 NOTE To prevent the jack and tool from rattling store them properly 7 14 If the High engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates the vehicle loses po
339. n SRS equipment Front seat belt pretensioner X both sides Driver air bag X Front passenger air bag X Side air bag X impact side only Curtain air bag X impact side only No air bag and front seat belt pretensioner will be activated in a rear collision X The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision 1 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger seat Some models 2 53 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to SRS Air Bag In severe collisions such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy However in some accidents the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity Limitations to front near front collision detection The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle Rear ending or running under a truck s tail gate Limitations to side collision detection The following illustrations are examples of side collisi
340. n how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD The CD must be label side up when inserting The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play 6 50 Scan button Text button Channel preset buttons NOTE The CD will begin playback automatically after insertion A CD cannot be inserted while the display reads WAIT A beeping sound can be heard during this waiting time There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD Normal insertion 1 Press the load button LOAD 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD Inserting CDs into desired tray number 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired tray number while WAIT is displayed 3 When IN is displayed insert the CD NOTE The CD cannot be inserted to the desired tray number if the number is already occupied Multiple insertion 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard 2 When IN is displayed insert the CD 3 When IN is displayed again insert the next CD NOTE The first inserted CD will be played automatically when e No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds after IN is displayed e The CD trays are full Displaying the CD inserted tray number When you want to know the number for a CD in
341. n is pressed the seconds will start at 00 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment V Outside Temperature Display Fully Automatic Type When the ignition is switched ON the ambient temperature is displayed OUTSIDE NOTE Under the following conditions the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions e Significantly cold or hot temperatures e Sudden changes in ambient temperature The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds VY Climate Control Display The climate control system status is displayed To operate the climate control system refer to Climate Control System page 6 2 Vv Audio Display The audio system status is displayed To operate the audio system refer to Audio System page 6 16 Some models 6 97 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Multi Information Display Without navigation system With navigation system 7a F 14 68an 78 F 10 00AM oD re Album Name P Track Number amp Artist Name P Clock adjustment buttons OOO Steering switch A Tl C Steering Switch Enter up down switch Left switch Right switch lt 4 ENTER p NAV J Back INFO Navi switch INFO switch BACK switch 6 98 Some models Interior Comfort Interi
342. n is switched ON The system will disarm if one of the following operations takes place within 20 seconds after closing the trunk lid hood and locking all the doors and the liftgate e Pressing the unlock button on the transmitter Any door or the liftgate trunk lid is opened e Unlocking a door with the inside door lock knob e Unlocking a door with the door lock switch e Unlocking the driver s door with the key The hood is opened The key is inserted in the ignition switch The auxiliary key inserted into the key slot With advanced key The push button start is pressed or a door is unlocked using a request switch on the front doors With advanced key e The ignition is switched ON To rearm the system do the arming procedure again e When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter or request switch on the front doors or using the key while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed The method for setting the theft deterrent system can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 V To Turn Off an Armed System An armed system can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock a door with the key e Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e The ignition is switched ON e With advanced key Press a request switch on the doors or t
343. n the RED ZONE If the tachometer needle enters the RED ZONE you may feel engine braking because the fuel delivery will be stopped to protect the engine However this does not indicate an abnormality When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Manually Shifting down M5 M4 gt M3 M2 M1 To shift down to a lower gear tap the shift lever forward once A WARNING Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident NOTE When driving at high speeds the gear may not shift down depending on vehicle speed e During deceleration the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed 5 17 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Second gear fixed mode When the shift lever is tapped back while the vehicle is stopped or driven at about 10 km h 6 mph or less the transaxle is set in the second gear fixed mode The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier start
344. n theft deterrent system equipped vehicles Press the buttons slowly and carefully A CAUTION To avoid damage to the transmitter do not gt Drop the transmitter gt Get the transmitter wet gt Disassemble the transmitter gt Expose the transmitter to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the transmitter to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the key is in the ignition switch If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operation range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 31 e Additional transmitters can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 3 transmitters can be used with the keyless entry system per vehicle Bring all transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional transmitters are required Some models 3 27 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks YW Transmitter 5 door Lock button Unlock button Operation indicator light Panic button 4 door Lock button Unlock button Trunk button The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button T
345. nce 2 0 liter and 2 5 liter engine Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Regular unleaded fuel 87 R M 2 method or above 91 RON or above U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane 91 RON could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage CAUTION gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures gt Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 ethanol by volume Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation or if the gasoline contains any methanol Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly gt Never add fuel system additives Never add cleaning agents other than those specified by Mazda Other cleaning agents and additives may damage the system Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels The common gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 Gasoline containing alcohol such as ethanol or methanol may be marketed under the nam
346. nce output from the speaker NOTE Say voice commands after the beep sound Beep is heard Example Say Beep Dial Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 6 74 Bluetooth Hands Free Activation Method Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press The hands free system is activated Functions of the hands free telephone such as making and receiving calls can be used after the activation For details on the telephone functions refer to Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation or Convenient Use of the Hands Free System Tutorial The tutorial explains how to use Bluetooth Hands Free To activate the tutorial do the following 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Tutorial 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions V Useful Commands at Anytime Convenient Operations Help function use The help function informs the user of all the available voice commands under the current conditions 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Help 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions Cancel The Bluetooth Hands Free system transitions to standby status if the following operation is performed while the system is activating Press the hang up button or the talk button with a l
347. nced key left in the vehicle are temporarily suspended to prevent theft of the vehicle The following are inoperable e Starting the engine using the push button start e Operating the request switches To restore these functions perform any one of the following e Press the lock or unlock button on the advanced key which has had its functions temporarily suspended e While carrying an advanced key which has had its functions temporarily suspended lock the doors using the advanced keyless system e Manual transaxle When carrying another advanced key depress the clutch pedal until the KEY indicator light green illuminates Automatic transaxle When carrying another advanced key depress the brake pedal until the KEY indicator light green illuminates 3 21 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Warning Lights and Beep Sounds Y System Malfunction Warning Light If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless function the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster illuminates continuously A CAUTION If the KEY warning light red remains illuminated do not continue to drive the vehicle with the advanced keyless function Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Refer to Starting the engine page 3 12 V Ignition Not Switched Off STOP
348. nction in the unit About ID3 Tag display e This unit can only display ID3 Tag album track and artist names that have been input using Ver 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 formats Any other data that may have been input cannot be displayed This unit can only display English including numerals one byte characters Use only English including numerals one byte characters when inputting ID3 tags Two byte characters and some special symbols cannot be displayed 6 24 Specialized glossary MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by an ISO International Organization for Standardization MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size ISO 9660 An international standard for logical formatting of CD ROM files and folders It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures data configuration and other characteristics Multi session A session is the complete amount of data recorded from the beginning to the end of a single period of CD ROM CD R CD RW data recording Multi session refers to the existence of data from two or more sessions on a single disc Sampling Refers to the process of encoding analog audio data at regular intervals and converting it to digital data The sampling rate refers to the number of times a sample is taken in one second and is expre
349. nd CD RW including WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Windows Media Audio Version 7 0 8 0 9 0 32kHz 32 40 48 kbps 44 1kHz 32 48 Bit rate 64 80 96 128 160 192 256 320 kbps A48kHz 64 96 128 160 192 kbp Supported Specification Sampling frequency VBR Variable Bit Rate Channel mode Stereo Monaural Title artist name WMA tag album name CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files It may cause noise or a malfunction e Ina WMA file the track name artist name and album name are recorded with data called WMA Tag and the information can be displayed e WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly e The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write the disc 6 25 MEMO Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Set Audio information is displayed on the information display Cmr aw co Jea je k EEE a DISC CAT A E FOLDER a N
350. nd press the RES switch Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Type A Type B Y To Cancel To cancel the system use one of these methods e Press the OFF switch e Slightly depress the brake pedal e Depress the clutch pedal Manual transaxle only e Press the CANCEL switch 5 25 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Type A Type B The system turns off when the ignition is off NOTE Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km h 9 mph below the preset speed such as may happen when climbing a long steep grade 5 26 Some models Traction Control System TCS The Traction Control System TCS enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction This means that on a slick surface the engine adjusts automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels limiting wheel spin and loss of traction A WARNING Do not rely on the traction control system as a substitute for safe driving The traction control system TCS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Us
351. nd the tires and wheels can be damaged if driven through potholes or on rough uneven roads at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or through potholes 4 13 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Turbocharger Information The turbocharger greatly enhances engine power Its advanced design provides improved operation and requires minimum additional maintenance To get maximum performance from your turbocharged engine take note of the following tips e The turbocharged engine is designed for optimal operation with premium unleaded gasoline page 4 2 Do not use fuel with a lower octane rating Extra fuel additives are NOT recommended Change the engine oil and filter using the turbo engine interval outlined in the maintenance schedule for your driving condition Use only the recommended engine oil page 8 18 Extra oil additives are NOT recommended e After driving at freeway speeds or up a long hill idle the engine at least 30 seconds to cool the turbo before turning off the engine Avoid simply shutting the engine off abruptly after a hard or long drive Damage to the turbocharger may result e Do not race or over rev the engine when starting This should not be done with ANY engine especially not with one that s turbocharged Do not add any aftermarket devices to alter the engine s ignition timing fuel delivery or turbo boost pressure This may lead to serious engine damage and
352. ndicator light illuminates for a specified time after the ignition is switched ON PASS AIRBAG Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province In certain states and provinces larger children must use a child restraint system page 2 26 Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions AWARNING Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous Alone air bags may not prevent serious injuries The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first accident such as frontal near frontal side collisions that are at least moderate Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts Children should not ride in the front passenger seat Placing a child 12 years or under in the front seat is dangerous The child could be hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible A sleeping child is more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front passenger side of the vehicle Whenever possible always secure a child 12 years
353. ndividually for compatibility Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer concerning device compatibility Phone 800 430 0153 Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth 6 62 Some models Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Audio profile e A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 e AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Ver 1 0 1 3 A2DP is a profile which transmits only audio to the Bluetooth unit If your Bluetooth audio device corresponds only to A2DP but not AVRCP you cannot operate it using the control panel of the vehicle s audio system In this case the Bluetooth audio device can be operated by controlling the device itself the same as when a portable audio system without the Bluetooth communication function is connected to the AUX terminal A2DP AVRCP Function A2DP Lower than Ver 1 3 Ver 1 3 Playback No Yes Yes Pause No Yes Yes File Track No Yes Yes up down Reverse No No Yes Fast forward No No Yes Text display No No Yes Yes Available No Not available NOTE The system may not operate normally depending on the Bluetooth audio device To make sure that your Bluetooth audio device is Ver 1 0 or 1 3 refer to the Owner s Manual for the Bluetooth audio device 3Bluetooth Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc NOTE It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth audio device if it is placed anywhere transm
354. nds If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 9 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green with Advanced Key This indicator has two colors KEY Warning Light Red When illuminated e When the push button start is pressed ON it illuminates momentarily and then turns off e If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless system it illuminates continuously 5 52 A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY warning light illuminated If the KEY warning light remains illuminated do not continue to drive using the advanced key system Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible When flashing e Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the push button start will not switch to ACC even if it is pressed from off e The advanced key battery is dead e The advanced key is not within operationa
355. nds Free Operation ecececeseseeseeteeteeteeeeeee 6 75 Convenient Use of the Hands Free SYSTEM as enen ore DNES 6 80 Hands Free Setting cceeeeseeseeee 6 86 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be LOE E N tein Sis E 6 92 Safety Certification 0 0 0 eee 6 93 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer DELVICE sern Shae ia ais 6 93 Interior Equipment sessesesesesossesesesoeoesese 6 94 SUNVISOT S eese rE 6 94 Interior Lights we 6 94 Information Display wae 6 96 Multi Information Display ve 6 98 Cup Holder core ccsiiioieioiei anesini 6 108 Bottle Holder occ ese eee 6 109 Storage Compartments 6 110 Accessory Sockets n 6 113 Some models 6 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Operating Tips Y Operating the Climate Control System Operate the climate control system with the engine running NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switched ON when the engine is not running V Clearing the Air Inlet Clear all obstructions such as leaves snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency V Foggy Windows The windows may fog up easily in humid weather Use the climate control system to defog the windows To help defog the windows operate the air conditioner to dehumidify the air NOTE The air conditioner may be used a
356. ned and this order cannot be optionally set Any folder without an MP3 file will be ignored It will be skipped and the folder number will not be displayed MP3 files not conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames will be skipped and not played This unit will play MP3 files that have up to eight levels However the more levels a disc has the longer it will take to initially start playing It is recommended to record discs with two levels or less A single disc with up to 512 files can be played and a single folder with up to 255 files can be played When naming an MP3 file be sure to add an MP3 file extension mp3 after the file name 6 23 Interior Comfort Audio System e The maximum number of characters that can be used for file names is as follows However this unit will only display up to 32 characters including the file extension mp3 Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file extension F ISO9660 level 1 12 ISO9660 level 2 31 Joliet extended 64 format Romeo extended 128 format English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available A CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfu
357. next maintenance period will be displayed when the remaining distance or days to the next maintenance period approaches 0 displays when engine is started If there are multiple tire rotation periods or service due they are displayed according to their order e If there is more than one servicing due deadline with one past due and the other approaching only the one which is past due will be displayed Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Display period Item Start of message display End of message display TIRE ROTATION When remaining distance is less Distance exceeds 500 km 300 mile from than 500 km 300 mile remaining distance of 0 km SERVICE DUE When remaining distance is less Distance exceeds 500 km 300 mile from than 500 km 300 mile or remaining distance of 0 km or 15 days have remaining days are less than 15 elapsed since remaining days reached 0 days which ever comes first which ever comes first Message display Item Timing Displayed message TIRE ROTATION Remaining distance TIRE ROTATION DUE 500 km 300 mile to 500 km 300 mile SERVICE DUE Remaining distance SERVICE DUE 500 km 300 mile to 0 km 0 mile Remaining days 15 to 0 days Remaining distance SERVICE OVERDUE 0 km 0 mile to 500 km 300 mile Remaining days 0 to 15 days Reset method If resetting is performed after a tire rotation or periodic inspection has been done a notification of the n
358. ng Your Mazda Switches and Controls Hazard Warning Flasher The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Hazard warning flasher Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on e Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law 5 71 5 72 Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system Climate Control System cseseeseees 6 2 Operating Tips oo ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 2 Vent Operation eeeceseeseeseeeeeeeeees 6 3 Types of the Climate Control SYSTEM avid E E Manual Type nsss Fully Automatic Type Audio System s ssccsesseeseersereesserseseees 6 16 Antena mennene 6 16 Operating Tips for Audio System 6 17 Audio Set eccescsseeshececccdessiscveeveseseces 6 27 Audio Control Switch Operation 6 56 AUX Mode Auxiliary input 6 59 Safety Certification 2 0 0 6 61 Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth Hands Free sccsseees 6 71 Bluetooth Hands Free oo 6 71 Basic Bluetooth Ha
359. ng the doors or closing the trunk liftgate the chime sounds for about ten seconds Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle or the trunk liftgate When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the request switch on the front doors and six beep sounds are heard Check whether the push button start has been switched off Check whether a door is open When the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster The advanced key battery power is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3 5 When the KEY warning light red remains illuminated in the instrument cluster The advanced key is malfunctioning Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 3 25 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move NOTE e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 57 for information regarding keys
360. ng which could lead to an accident or serious injury CAUTION Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Doing so can cause transaxle damage NOTE Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever from N to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly D Drive D is the normal driving position From a stop the transaxle will automatically shift through a 5 gear sequence M Manual M is the manual shift mode position Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the shift lever Refer to Manual Shift Mode page 5 16 V Active Adaptive Shift AAS Active Adaptive Shift AAS automatically controls the transaxle shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input This optimizes engine performance and improves driving comfort When cornering the vehicle AAS mode will hold the transaxle in the gear the vehicle was in before entering the curve allowing the vehicle to be accelerated from the same gear after exiting the curve If the driver accelerates rapidly or accelerates and decelerates rapidly by operating the accelerator and brake pedal for a certain period of time while the selector lever is in the D position AAS mode could activate When this occurs AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in the optimum gear and the driver may sense that the transaxle is not shifting however this does not indicate an abnormality Y Shift Lock System The shift lock system
361. nger and pulling the connector downward Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight back out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Side turn signal lights Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE LED bulb replacement is not possible The rear combination component must be replaced Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights LED type Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE LED bulb replacement is not possible The rear combination component must be replaced Some models 8 47 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Bulb type 4 Door 1 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers and the trunk end trim 2 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 3 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 5 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 8 48 2 Remove the cover Left side f Y an 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb fr
362. ning lights 2 Daytime running lights 4 Door Trunk light Overhead light Rear Luggage compartment light Rear side marker lights Rear side marker lights Brake lights Taillights Rear turn signal lights Rear turn signal lights Brake lights Taillights Reverse lights Reverse lights High mount brake light High mount brake light License plate lights License plate lights Some models 1 Except Canada 2 Canada 8 42 A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary Never touch the glass portion of a halogen bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around the bulbs When a halogen bulb breaks it is dangerous These bulbs contain pressurized gas If one is broken it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass If the glass portion is touched with bare hands body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way V Rep
363. njured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained A CAUTION A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm weather To avoid burning yourself or a child check them before you or your child touches them NOTE Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems in the rear seat When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 38 2 29 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint System Installation Position In this owner s manual explanation of child restraint systems is provided for the following three types of popular child restraint systems infant seat child seat booster seat NOTE e Installation position is determined by the type of child restraint system Always read the manufacturer s instructions and this owner s manual carefully e Due to variations in the design of child restraint systems vehicle seats and seat belts all child restraint systems may not fit all seating positions Before purchasing a child restraint system it should be tested in the specific vehicle seating position or positions where it is intended to be used If a previously purchased child restraint system does not fit you may need to purchase a dif
364. nk This could result in death or brain damage from heat prostration particularly in the summer Always lock the doors and the trunk and as an added measure keep the rear seatbacks locked whether you have children in your home or not Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move NOTE When returning a rear seat to its original position also replace the seat belt to its normal position Verify that the seat belt pulls out and retracts 2 8 V Split Folding Rear Seatback To fold the seatbacks A CAUTION When operating the rear seatback knob make sure you support the seatback with your hand If the seatback is not supported with your hand it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury to the finger that pushes the rear seatback knob down 1 Support the seatback with your hand 2 Push the rear seatback knob down To return the seatbacks to the upright position 1 Lift the seatbacks upright 2 Pull on the top of the seatbacks from inside the vehicle to make sure they are locked A WARNING Always make sure the seat
365. not available to absorb the impact This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt which could cause serious injury or death So if your seat belt is twisted you must straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to be used Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter
366. not change unless you add more than approximately 5 L 6 US qt 5 Imp qt of fuel When the ignition is switched to ACC is displayed Y Maintenance Monitor The periodic inspection and tire rotation period notification can be displayed by turning the Maintenance Monitor on NOTE This function is inoperable while the vehicle is being driven e With navigation system If the battery cables are disconnected and then reconnected the SERVICE DUE item in the MAINTENANCE setting cannot be done until the clock resets after receiving a GPS signal Perform this setting after the clock resumes operation Initial setting method 1 Press the INFO switch until the SETTINGS screen is displayed 2 Select MAINTENANCE by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 3 Select the item you want to turn on TIRE ROTATION or SERVICE DUE by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch Ta F 14 88AM MAINTENANCE TIRE ROTATION SERVICE DUE 4 Press the Enter up down switch Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 5 Select SET and press the Enter up down switch 78 F 14 88AM SERVICE DUE SET OFF NOTE e For the service due notification either the number of days or distance can be set When selecting one of the two settings the setting not selected is set to the initial value automatically
367. not place anything on top of the cover Placing luggage or other cargo on top of the luggage compartment cover is dangerous During sudden braking or a collision the cargo could become a projectile that could hit and injure someone The vehicle has a light weight luggage compartment cover to keep the contents of your luggage area out of sight it will not retain heavy objects that are not tied down in an accident such as a rollover Tie down all heavy objects whether luggage or cargo using the tie down hooks Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury A CAUTION Make sure the luggage compartment cover is firmly secured If it is not firmly secured it could unexpectedly disengage resulting in injury 3 40 Luggage compartment cover strap The luggage compartment can be accessed by opening the liftgate when the straps are attached to the sides of the liftgate Strap Luggage compartment cover This cover can be removed for more room To do this just unfasten the straps then lift and pull it out Trunk Lid 4 Door A WARNING Never allow a person to ride in the trunk Allowing a person to ride in the trunk is dangerous In addition the person in the trunk could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Keep the trunk close
368. ns confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code NOTE A registered device Mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list 6 Say Beep Delete 6 88 7 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to delete Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C or all Which device please 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be deleted NOTE Say All to delete all devices Mobile phone 9 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex device B Registered device tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Deleted Registered device editing 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep Edit 7 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to edit Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 8 Say Beep
369. ns on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions 4 To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor 2 32 5 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts 6 If your child restraint system requires the use of a tether strap refer to the manufacturer s instructions to hook and tighten the tether strap Anchor bracket location 4 Door SS Anchor bracket Anchor bracket location 5 Door outboard position Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Tether strap position 5 Door outboard position Tether strap Forward Anchor bracket location 5 Door center position Tether strap position 5 Door center position Tether strap Essential Safety Equipment Chi
370. nsult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Interior Comfort Audio System What is satellite radio With over 130 channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio brings you more of what you love Get 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus all your favorite sports news talk and entertainment Everything worth listening to is now on SIRIUS 100 Commercial free Music With music from every genre artist dedicated channels live performances and more SIRIUS is the home of 100 commercial free music Live Sports Play by Play amp Expert Talk Hear every NFL game every NASCAR race and college sports coverage from over 150 schools Plus 24 7 sports talk with channels like SIRIUS NFL Radio SIRIUS NASCAR Radio and more Exclusive Entertainment and Talk The biggest names compelling talk hilarious comedy Hear Howard Stern Martha Stewart Jamie Foxx Blue Collar Comedy Playboy Radio political talk and more World class News Stay informed with FOX CNN CNBC NPR BBC and more Plus local traffic and weather Family amp Kids Entertain the entire family with Radio Disney Kids Place Live Laugh USA and more Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today For more information visit www sirius com Satellite radio can be subscribed to and received in the United States Except Alaska and Hawaii and Canada How to Activate Satellite Radio You must call SIRIUS to activate your service Activation
371. nt Cluster and Indicators Dashboard Illumination Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and other illuminations in the dashboard NOTE The brightness of dashboard illuminations can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in the 00 or 2D position When the dashboard illumination brightness cannot be adjusted any more a beep sound will be heard Black out meter The brightness of the instrument cluster illumination can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in any position Canceling the illumination dimmer When the headlight switch is in the 200 or O position the illumination of the instrument cluster and the information display dims When driving on snowy or foggy roads or in other situations when the instrument cluster or information display s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness cancel the illumination dimmer and increase the illumination intensity 5 40 To cancel the illumination dimmer press the dashboard illumination knob NOTE This symbol indicates the knob to adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination If the illumination dimmer is cancelled the instrument cluster and the information display will not dim when the headlight switch is turned to the 00 or ZO position again Press the dashboard illumination knob to activate the illumination dimmer Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and
372. ntact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes or on the skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery when working near a battery Do not allow the positive terminal to contact the vehicle body Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells 8 31 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries 8 32 NOTE Remove the battery cover before performing batte
373. o confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound The system can be set not to sound the horn Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 3 28 NOTE Doors and the liftgate can be locked by pressing the lock button while any other door or the liftgate is open However the hazard warning lights will not flash and the horn will not sound Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 61 The hazard warning lights can be set to not flash when the doors are locked or unlocked Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driv
374. o insure enjoyment of music with consistent sound quality it is recommended to use discs that have been recorded at a bit rate of 128 kbps or more If a disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP3i MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF MP3 formats About folders and files The order of hierarchy for MP3 files and folders during playback or other functions is from shallow to deep The arrangement and playing order of a recorded disc containing MP3 files is as follows e File number A numerical file number is assigned to each file in a folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep e Folder number A numerical folder number is assigned to each folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep NOTE Folders and tracks files within the same hierarchy play in the order they were written to the disc depending on the write software Interior Comfort Audio System 7 Folder JJ Track File Folder or No 03 3 re L __ IL n ale 1 Ta nD 4 _n oles nO D eA ae 2 Aw OF no 72 6 In ae ngo 7 ae no yj Leen D Leda T evel2 Level4 Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit The folder order is automatically assig
375. o not activate correctly and result in death or serious injury in the event of collision Always wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system on the front or rear passenger seat Using a seat belt extender to fasten a child restraint system on any seat is dangerous Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions and never use a seat belt extender NOTE When not in use remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle If the seat belt extender is left connected the seat belt extender might get damaged as it will not retract with the rest of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged In addition the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly 2 24 Seat Belt Warning Light Beep The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON Conditions of operation fastened when the ignition is switched ON Condition Result The driver s seat belt is not The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops The driver s seat belt is fastened before the ignition is s
376. o your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance If you are unsure about any procedure it describes we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your Mazda inadequate incomplete and insufficient servicing may result in problems This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries For expert advice and quality service consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as prescribed Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship will not be honored Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may perform maintenance But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts For vehicles equipped with the multi information display selecting Maintenance Monitor enables the system to notify you of your vehicle s approaching inspection servicing period page 6 103 8 2 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the
377. of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight 3 57 Knowing Your Mazda Security System A CAUTION When starting the engine do not allow the following as the engine may not start due to the electronic signal from the ignition key not being transmitted correctly gt A key ring rests on the key grip gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip Q gt Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key grip gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the key NOTE The keys carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare key in case one is lost If a key is lost contact an Authorized
378. old the vehicle on an upgrade Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage gt Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the gear lever when changing from 5th to 4th gear This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear which can result in damage to the transaxle gt Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transaxle NOTE If shifting to R is difficult shift back into neutral release the clutch pedal and try again V Recommendations for Shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration we recommend these shift points 5 speed transaxle 6 speed transaxle Gear Vehicle speed 1 to2 21 km h 13 mph 2 to 3 39 km h 24 mph 3 to4 55 km h 34 mph 4to5 78 km h 49 mph 5 12 Vehicle speed Gene 2 3 liter turbocharged 2 5 liter engine engine 1to2 24km h 15 mph 24 km h 15 mph 2to3 40 km h 25 mph 43 km h 27 mph 3to4 65 km h 40 mph 56 km h 35 mph 4to5 73 km h 45 mph 72 km h 45 mph 5to6 81 km h 50 mph 90 km h 56 mph For cruising 5 speed transaxle Gear Vehicle speed 1 to2 18 km h 11 mph 2 to 3 29 km h 18 mph 3 to4 47 km h 29 mph 4to5 68 km h 42 mph 6 speed transaxle Vehicle speed Gear 2 3 liter i turbocharged 2 5 liter engine engine 1to2 24km h 15 mph 16
379. olstery and Interior Trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl with a leather and vinyl cleaner 8 66 Some models Leather Remove dust and sand first using a vacuum cleaner or other means then wipe dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild soap Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap using a cloth soaked in clean water and wrung out well Remove moisture with a dry soft cloth and allow the leather to further dry in a well ventilated shaded area If the leather gets wet such as from rain also remove moisture and dry it as soon as possible NOTE Because genuine leather is a natural material its surface is not uniform and it may have natural scars scratches and wrinkles To maintain the quality for as long as possible periodical maintenance about twice a year is recommended e Sand and dust on the seat surface may damage the overcoat of the genuine leather surfaces and accelerate wear e Greasy soiling on genuine leather may cause molding and stains Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth may cause damage Do not wipe the leather using alcohol chlorine bleach or organic solvents such as thinner benzene or gasoline Otherwise it may cause discoloration or stains e Ifthe seats get wet promptly remove moisture with a dry cloth Remaining moisture on the surface may cause deterioration su
380. om the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Rear turn signal lights 4 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the turn signal switch is off 2 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers and the trunk end trim 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 5 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the turn signal switch is off Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Remove the cover Left side f Y AA 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 8 49 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Reverse lights 4 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers and the trunk end trim gt E Installation 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 5 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 8 50 2 Remove the cover 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly c
381. ometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Trip meter The trip meter can record the total distance of two trips One is recorded in trip meter A and the other is recorded in trip meter B 5 37 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators For instance trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled When trip meter A is selected pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode When trip meter A is selected TRIP A will be displayed When trip meter B is selected TRIP B will be displayed The trip meter records the total distance the vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset Return it to 0 0 by holding the selector depressed for 1 second or more Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers miles The trip record will be erased when The power supply is interrupted blown fuse or the battery is disconnected The vehicle is driven over 999 9 km mile 5 38 YW Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm Red zone CD 2 3 liter turbocharged engine 2 0 liter engine 2 5 liter engine CAUTION Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE This may cause severe engine d
382. on System triggering conditions The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds when the system is triggered by any one of the following e Forcing open a door the hood or the trunk lid liftgate e Unlocking a door with the inside door lock knob e Unlocking a door with the door lock switch e Opening the hood by operating the hood release handle Knowing Your Mazda Security System e Without advanced key Switching the ignition ON without the key With advanced key Switching the ignition ON without using the push button start e Opening the trunk lid by operating the trunk lid release lever If the system is triggered again the lights and horn will activate until a door or the liftgate is unlocked or the trunk lid is opened with the key or with the transmitter With advanced key The lights and horn can also be deactivated by pressing the request switch on a door NOTE If the battery goes dead while the theft deterrent system is armed the horn will activate and the hazard warning lights will flash when the battery is charged or replaced V How to Arm the System 1 Close the windows and the moonroof securely 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch With advanced key Press the push button start to off position if the auxiliary key is inserted in the key slot remove it Some models 3 61 Knowing Your Mazda Security System 3 Make sure
383. on the left corner of the dashboard This plate can easily be seen through the windshield Je V Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label y D d a 10 2 VY Chassis Number VY Vehicle Emission Control Information Label YW Tire Pressure Label we Identification Numbers Y Engine Number 2 0 liter and 2 5 liter engine Forward 2 3 liter turbocharged engine Forwar Kx OR he 10 3 Specifications Specifications Y Engine Specification Item li 2 0 liter engine Zeer turbocharged 2 5 liter engine engine Type DOHC 16V in line 4 cylinder Bore x Stroke 87 5 x 83 1 mm 87 5 x 94 0 mm 89 0 x 100 mm 3 44 x 3 27 in 3 44 x 3 70 in 3 50 x 3 94 in Displacement 1 999 ml 2 261 ml 2 488 ml p 1 999 cc 122 0 cu in 2 261 cc 138 0 cu in 2 488 cc 151 8 cu in Compression ratio 10 0 9 5 9 7 V Electrical System Classification It li Baz 2 0 liter engine eliter turpocnarged 2 5 liter engine engine Battery 12V 40AH 5HR 12V 48AH 5HR i Se 12V 52AH SHR 12V 52AH SHR 12V 52AH SHR Spark plug number LFG1 18 110 L3Y2 18 L3BD 18 110 L3YD 18 LFG1 18 110 L3Y2 18 110 110 110 Spark plug gap 1 25 1 35 mm 0 049 0 053 in 0 60 0 70 mm 0 024 0 027 in 1 25 1 35 mm 0 049 0 053 in 1 ex factory NOTE When cleaning the iridium plugs do not use a wire brush The fine particulate coating on the irid
384. oner 8 56 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance FUSE DESCRIPTION RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT 18 INJ 30A Injector 19 R DEF 30A Rear window defroster 20 IGKEY 2 40A For protection of various circuits 21 IGKEY 1 40A For protection of various circuits 22 HORN 15A Horn 23 STOP 15A Brake lights 24 ENG B 10A Engine control system 25 FUEL PUMP 25A Fuel system 26 ABS 40A ABS 27 SEAT WARM 20 A Seat warmer 28 EHPAS 80A Electro Hydraulic Power Assist Steering 29 30 ABS IG 7 5A ABS 31 SWS 7 5A Air bag 32 H L LO RH 15A Headlight low beam RH 33 H L LO LH 15A Headlight low beam LH 34 ILLUM 7 5A Dashboard illumination 35 TAIL 15A Taillights 36 ENG INJ 15A Engine control system 37 ENG BAR 15A PCM 38 ENG BAR 2 20A PCM 39 ETV 15A Electric throttle valve 8 57 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fuse block Passenger s side DESCRIPTION Bee G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 BOSE 30A Bose Sound System equipped model 2 P SEAT 30A Power seat 3 P WIND 30A Power window 4 D LOCK 25A Door lock motor 5 m 6 a 7 ESCL 8 SAS 15A Airbag 9 10 HAZARD 15A Hazard warning flashers 11 METER 15A For protection of various circuit
385. ones and Bluetooth audio devices can be programmed to one vehicle NOTE e A device can be programmed only when the vehicle is parked If the vehicle starts to move the pairing procedure will end Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start driving Park the car in a safe place before programming Ifa Bluetooth device has already been programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth audio device it does not need to be programmed again when using the device as a hands free mobile phone Conversely it does not need to be programmed again as a Bluetooth audio device if it has already been programmed as a hands free mobile phone e Since the communication range of a Bluetooth equipped device is about 10 meters 32 ft if a device is placed within a 10 meter 32 ft radius of the vehicle it may be detected programmed unintentionally while another device is being programmed 1 Activate the Bluetooth application of the device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 2 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 3 Say Beep Setup Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 4 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code
386. ong press Returning to previous operation This command is for returning to the previous operation while in the voice recognition mode Say Beep Go Back Voice guidance interrupt operation Voice guidance can be skipped by pressing the talk button with a short press while it is being heard A new voice input command can then be spoken by the user Voice recognition mode cancel If you want to cancel the voice recognition mode during a call the voice recognition mode can be canceled without having to end the call Press the talk button with a long press Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation V Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation Language setting The available languages are English Spanish and Canadian French If the language setting is changed all of the voice guidance and voice input commands are done in the selected language NOTE e If the language setting is changed device registration is maintained Phonebook records are not cleared but each language has a separate phonebook Therefore entries created in one language will need to be re entered in the phonebook of the new language Do these steps before you start driving These less used functions are too distracting to undertake while driving until you are fully familiar with the system Method 1 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3
387. ons that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles 2 54 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Roll over i Ei N T SeN 3 PZN NZ 2 55 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System First please read Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions page 2 43 carefully VY Driver Seat Slide Position Sensor Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the supplemental restraint system The sensor is located under the driver seat The sensor determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the diagnostic module SAS unit The SAS unit is designed to control the deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering wheel The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possible malfunction page 2 51 Y Front Passenger Seat Weight Sensors Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplemental restraint system These sensors are located under both of the front passenger seat rails These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat and monitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat The SAS uni
388. ontrolled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Snow Tires In some heavy snow areas local governments may require true snow tires those with very deeply cut tread These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle SAFETY WARNING The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM e EXPLOSION OF TIRE RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER NEVER EXCEED 40 psi 275 kPa TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRES
389. or Equipment Switch Function Enter up down switch Used to select a menu and change numbers Select up or down and press enter Right switch Left Used to select digits when setting numbers switch Navi switch Press to switch the system to the navigation system screen With navigation sys tem BACK switch Press during SETTINGS to return to the previous screen INFO switch Press to switch to the multi information display Switches the setting display in the order of Trip computer average fuel economy average vehicle speed Trip computer current fuel economy distance to empty Audio display Settings reset averages maintenance preferences Each time the switch is pressed the multi information display cycles through V Multi Information Display Functions Function name Details See page Clock Constant display of time 6 100 Outside temperature Constant display of ambient temperature 6 100 display Audio display Displays the audio operation status Displayed when the INFO switch is 6 101 pressed Trip computer Displays the average fuel economy average vehicle speed current fuel 6 101 economy and distance to empty Displayed when the INFO switch is pressed Maintenance monitor Notification of periodic inspection and tire rotation period 6 103 Warning indicator Notification of the need to take caution 6 107 Settings Used to change the multi information d
390. or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Some models 6 111 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Use the loops in the luggage compartment to secure cargo with a rope or net The tensile strength of the loops is 196 N 20 kgf 44 lbf Do not apply excessive force to the loops as it will damage them Vv Shopping Bag Hook 5 Door The shopping bag hook can be used for hanging shopping bags A CAUTION Do not hang excessive weight on the shopping bag hook as it could be damaged Shopping bag hook tensile strength 3 kg 6 6 1b 6 112 WV Rear Coat Hooks A WARNING Never hang heavy or sharp objects on the assist grips and coat hooks Hanging heavy or sharp ended objects such as a coat hanger from the assist grips or coat hooks is dangerous as they can fly off and hit an occupant in the cabin if a curtain air bag was to deploy which could result in serious injury or death Always hang clothes on the coat hooks and the assist grips without hangers Coat hook Accessory Sockets Only use genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent requiring no greater than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A Front The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON To use press the cover and open it With Seat Warmer Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Rear The accessory sockets can be used regardless of whether the ignition is on or off 6 113 Interior Com
391. or paint peeling Wipe off any such chemical agents or fluids using a soft cloth immediately High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of high pressure car washer device If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or aimed at one area for an extended period of time it could deform plastic parts or damage the paint Do not use wax containing compounds polish Otherwise it could result in paint damage In addition do not use an electrical or air tool to apply wax Otherwise the frictional heat generated could result in deformation of plastic parts or paint damage 8 65 Some models Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Interior Care Dashboard Precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard They ll damage and discolor it If these solutions get on the dashboard wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Do not use glazing agents Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration wrinkling cracks and peeling Front passenger s side instrument panel top soft pad e Extremely soft material is used for the soft pad surface When cleaning it is recommended that you use a clean towel dampened in a mild detergent to remove soiling If the soft pad surface is rubbed harshly it could result in the surface being damaged leaving white scratch marks e V Cleaning the Uph
392. ou will not be able to restart it e Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the keys are needed Bring all the existing keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer YV Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle Theft Deterrent System If the theft deterrent system detects an inappropriate entry into the vehicle which could result in the vehicle or its contents being stolen the alarm alerts the surrounding area of an abnormality by sounding the horn and flashing the hazard warning lights Refer to Operation on page 3 61 NOTE The theft deterrent system operates with the key or the keyless entry system transmitter With advanced key The theft deterrent system can also be operated using the advanced keyless function The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried The system will not function unless it is properly armed To properly secure the vehicle always make sure all windows are completely closed and all doors and the trunk lid liftgate are locked before leaving the vehicle Remember to take your key and transmitter V Operati
393. ould lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs 8 61 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Exterior Care Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish Read all warnings and cautions Y Maintaining the Finish Washing A CAUTION When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition switch is in the ON position the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object gt If the rain sensor is struck with a hand or other object from inside the vehicle Be careful not to pinch hands or fingers as it may cause injury or damage the wipers When washing or servicing your Mazda make sure the wiper lever is in the OFF position To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration wash your Mazda thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If the vehicle is washed improperly the paint surface could be scratched Here are some examples of how scratching could occur 8 62 Scratches occur on the paint surface when e e e The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter The vehicle is washed with a rough dry or dirty cloth The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes
394. oulder Belt Webbing Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets Follow instructions Don t bleach or dye the webbing this may weaken it After cleaning the belts thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them Some models 8 67 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A WARNING Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer replace damaged seat belts immediately Using damaged seat belts is dangerous In a collision damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection VY Cleaning the Window Interiors If the windows become covered with an oily greasy or waxy film clean them with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the container A CAUTION gt Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the window glass It could damage the thermal filaments and the antenna lines gt When washing the inside of the window glass use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the thermal filaments and the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the thermal filaments and the antenna lines 8 68 Customer Information Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Customer Assistance scceeeesreereees 9 2 Customer Assistance U S A 9 2 Customer Assistance Canada 9 7 Customer Assistance Puerto Rico 9 10 Customer Assistance Mexico 9
395. ounterclockwise and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal High mount brake light 4 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers and the trunk end trim DoF Installation PSA GO 7 xN 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 5 Door LED type Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs should be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE LED bulb replacement is not possible The rear combination component must be replaced Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Bulb type 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Remove the liftgate upper trim 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector sideward to the left 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 8 51 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal License plate lights
396. ower supply to turn off automatically after the ignition has been left in the ACC position for a long period of time cna Deactivated can be deactivated A transition pattern in which the ignition position can be switched when pressing the ON Off ON gt ACC Off push button start can be selected The advanced key function can be deactivated Activated Deactivated The method for unlocking the doors using the Press x 2 Press x 1 request switch can be selected Without auto light control function The following Personalization Features can be changed the vehicle owner Setting Function Initial Setting After Setting Change The display language can be selected 6 107 English French English Grama rene ey Multi information or Spanish Spanish display The distance unit can be changed 6 107 mile or km km or mile The temperature unit can be changed 6 107 F or C C or F 10 14 Index A Accessory Socket csceseseeeeees 6 113 Adaptive Front Lighting System ARSi nen eh teat 5 63 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOLIES nnn ae I 9 19 Advanced Key sssssesssessssseseesesersesssee 3 2 Advanced key maintenance 3 5 Advanced key suspend FUNCTION erin aeii 3 21 Auxiliary key sessen 3 21 Locking unlocking with request SWIG naisina 3 9 Opening the liftgate trunk lid 3 11 Operational range c eee 3 7 Remote control function 3 17 SOTVICG eaei Pie a aa
397. p the cruise control SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want Cruise control switch Ta Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Your vehicle has a tap up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap Type B Press the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want Your vehicle has a tap up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the SET switch Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap 5 23 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving To increase speed using accelerator pedal Type A Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desired speed Press down or press up on the cruise control SET SET switch and release it immediately E Cruise control switch NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed Type B Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desired speed Press the SET or SET switch and release it immediat
398. particularly emergency vehicle sirens NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running e Ifa cellular phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle it could cause noise to occur from the audio system however this does not indicate that the system has been damaged 6 17 Interior Comfort Audio System Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Ionosphere Station 1 Station 2 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less range than monaural non stereo FM N amp FM Station 40 50km 25 30 miles T 6 18 Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception n Ionosphere m FM wave AM wave FM wave Na 100 200 km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM
399. phane tape adhering partially peeled off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label Also do not use discs with a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction e Y Operating Tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com e This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CD RW CD ROMSs Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played e ISO 9660 level 1 e ISO 9660 level 2 e Joliet extended format e Romeo extended format This unit handles MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames This unit can play multi session recorded discs that have up to 40 sessions e This unit can play MP3s with sampling frequencies of 16 22 05 24 32 44 1 48 kHz This unit can play MP3 files that have been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to 320 kbps Nonetheless t
400. phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing Redialing function 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Ending the current call Press the hang up button during the call 6 83 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free V Phonebook Settings Editing phonebook The data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be edited NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Edit 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to edit or say 99099 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say the voice tag for the registered name to be edited in the phonebook 7 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 8 Say Beep Home Say the registered location to be edited Home Work Mobile or Other 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag XXXX Ex Home Registered location Is this corre
401. plete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer VW STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue e If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP2 e V STEP 2 Contact Mazda North American Operations If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person wi
402. position button not depressed all power windows on each door can be operated With the lock switch in the locked position button depressed only the driver s side power window can be operated Locked position 5G A WARNING Unless a passenger needs to operate a power window keep the power window lock switch in the locked position Unintentional power window operation is dangerous A person s hands head or neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Fuel Filler Lid and Cap A WARNING When removing the fuel filler cap loosen the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to stop Then remove it Fuel spray is dangerous Fuel can burn skin and eyes and cause illness if ingested Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel filler cap is removed too quickly Before refueling stop the engine and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck Fuel vapor is dangerous It could be ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries Additionally use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap may result in fuel leak which could result in serious burns or death in an accident CAUTION Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel filler cap or an approved equivalent available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and
403. position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running 5 60 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE The headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well lit because the light sensor determines that it is nighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels traffic jams inside tunnels or in indoor parking lots In this case the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster Also the day night mode can be changed by pressing the knob To adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 5 40 e When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination will turn off The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 Xenon fusion headlight
404. press 2 Say Beep Mute 3 Prompt Microphone muted Canceling mute 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute off 3 Prompt Microphone unmuted V Transferring a Call Transferring a call from Hands Free to a device Mobile phone Communication between the hands free unit and a device Mobile phone is canceled and the line can be switched to a standard call using a device Mobile phone 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to phone 6 82 Transferring a call from a device Mobile phone to Hands Free Communication between devices Mobile phone can be switched to Bluetooth Hands Free 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to Hands Free system VY Multi Call Functions Call waiting A call can be interrupted to receive an incoming call from a third party Call interrupt A call can be switched to a new incoming call Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Swap calls 3 Prompt Swapping calls NOTE e To refuse an incoming call press the hang up button e After receiving a new incoming call the previous call is placed on hold Switching calls Switching back to the previous c
405. pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure measured when the tires are cold after the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours As you drive the temperature in the tire warms up increasing the tire pressure 9 29 Customer Information Tire Information U S A A WARNING Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner s manual Driving your vehicle with under inflated tires is dangerous Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It results in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them Vv Checking Tire Pressure 1 When you check the air pressure make sure the tires are cold meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Remove the cap from the valve on one tire Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve Add air to
406. pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Low Fuel Warning Light This warning light signals that the fuel tank will soon be empty Refuel as soon as possible V Check Fuel Cap Warning Light p This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates while driving the fuel filler cap may not be installed properly Stop the engine and reinstall the fuel filler cap Refer to the fuel filler cap on page 3 48 V Seat Belt Warning Light Beep The seat belt warning light illuminates and a beep sound will be heard if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON 5 47 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Conditions of operation Condition Result The warning light The driver s seat belt is not illuminates for about 1 fastened when the ignition is minute and a beep switched ON sound will be heard for about 6 seconds The driver s seat belt is fastened while the warning light and the beep sound are activated The warning light turns off and the beep sound stops The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard The driver s se
407. questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in Mexico can be found here E mail click on Contactanos at the top of the page at www MazdaMexico com mx By phone at 1 866 315 0220 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 9 11 Customer Information Customer Assistance In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s 9 12 Importer Distributor VUS A Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 U S A P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 U S A TEL 1 800 222 5500 in U S A 949 727 1990 outside U S A Customer Information Mazda Importer Distributors Distributor in Each Area VCANADA Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 in Canada 905 787 7000 outside Canada Y PUERTO RICO USS Virgin Island Plaza Motors Corp Mazda de Puerto Rico P O Box 362722 San Juan Puerto Rico 0093
408. r registration of your cell phone pairing can be set beforehand NOTE The initial setting value is 0000 6 76 _ Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep Set pairing code 7 Prompt Your current pairing code is XXXX Do you want to change it to a different pairing code 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 10 Say Beep YYYY 11 Prompt YYYY is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes or No 13 If Yes go to Step 14 If No the procedure returns to Step 9 14 Prompt Your new pairing code is YYYY Use this pairing code when pairing devices to the Hands free system Do you want to pair a device now 15 Say Beep Yes or No 16 If Yes the system switches to the device registration mode If No the system returns to standby status Device programming Pairing To use Bluetooth Hands Free the device equipped with Bluetooth has to be programmed to the hands free unit using the following procedure A maximum of seven devices including hands free mobile ph
409. r Lights escesceeseeeeeees 5 41 APSJOBE 3 ois a eina 5 55 Cr ise ineeie 5 55 DSC OFF reenn eiie 5 55 Headlight high beam 5 54 KEY fe hectsircaclotistnied 5 52 Low engine coolant temperature eee eeeeeeeeseeeteees 5 54 Power steering malfunction 5 56 SeGtinity onenen ALS 5 53 Shift position c cece 5 54 TOS DS teenies eaten 5 54 Turn signal hazard warning 5 56 Information Display cceee 6 96 Audio display c cceeeeceeees 6 97 Climate control display 6 97 Clocks tra ma a 6 97 Information display functions 6 96 Outside temperature display 6 97 I Inside Trunk Release Lever 3 43 Instrument Cluster eceeeeeees 5 36 Interi r Care esiasio oren e 8 66 Interior Lights ccececeeseeseeeeees 6 94 J Jump Starting 0 eeeceeeeseeseeeeeeees 7 18 K Keyless Entry System 0 0 00 3 27 Keysin ies ietnn Sandia earn 3 26 L Label Information cceeeeeee 10 2 Lane Change Signals eee 5 64 EREA nea eeestiateues iss 3 38 Luggage compartment 3 40 Light Bulbs Replacement cesses 8 42 Specifications cceeeeeeees 10 10 Lighting Control seese 5 59 Lubricant Quality 0 10 4 Luggage Compartment Light 6 95 M Maintenance Introduction sses 8 2 Owner maintenance precautions 0 0 eee eeeeeteeteeeeeeees 8 16 Owner maintenance schedule
410. r Lights Page 0 Q Lights On Indicator Light 5 56 Gyl Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light 5 56 amp gt Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5 56 V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Brake system warning 5 Illuminates when there is a malfunction in the brake switch Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 23 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the bra
411. r anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration 8 64 V Underbody Maintenance Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust control may collect on the underbody If not removed they will speed up rusting and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though these parts may be coated with anti corrosive material Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter Try also to do this every month Pay special attention to these areas because they easily hide mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged Water trapped there will cause rusting A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected V Aluminum Wheel Maintenance A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels Special care is needed to protect this coating CAUTION Do not use any detergent oth
412. r get oil on them Also 1 Pull out the auxiliary key be careful not to get dirt in the Ps transmitter as it could be LL damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly eg 5 replaced LIP gt Replace only with the same type S battery CR2025 or equivalent S gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions 2 Insert a flathead screwdriver into the gt Insulate the plus and minus groove shown in the figure and rotate terminals of the battery using the screwdriver to open the cover cellophane or equivalent tape slightly gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire or water gt Never deform or crush The following conditions indicate that the battery power is low e The KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds after the engine is turned off The system does not operate and the operation indicator light on the transmitter does not flash when the buttons are pressed e The system s operational range is reduced 3 5 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 3 Insert the flathead screwdriver into the 5 Insert a new battery with the positive gap between the cover and the pole facing up and then cover the transmitter and then rotate the battery with the battery cap screwdriver to detach the cover 4 Remove the battery cap then remove the battery 7 Reinsert t
413. r of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Engine valve clearance Audibly inspect every 120 000 km if noisy adjust Drive belts I Engine oil R R R RI RI RIRIRI RIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R IR RJR RIRIRI_RIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years after that eve Engine coolant aka 60 000 km or 3 s Others R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses r Hoses and tubes for emission i Fuel filter R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I Brake fluid R Disc brakes I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I 8 11 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilomet
414. r one Programming a Bluetooth audio device which does not have a four digit PIN code 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing program mode PAIR DEVICE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode After ENTER PIN is displayed on the information display for three seconds PIN 0000 is displayed and the PIN code can be input 3 Press the audio control dial while PIN 0000 is displayed PAIRING flashes on the display 4 Operate the Bluetooth audio device and set it to the program mode while PAIRING is flashing 5 As the Bluetooth audio device requires a PIN code input 0000 6 66 6 When the programming is completed yi and PAIR SUCCESS are displayed after about 10 30 seconds after which PAIR SUCCESS continues to be displayed for three seconds and then the unit returns to the normal display NOTE If pairing cannot be completed try 1234 instead Refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device for the right PIN code e Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fi symbol is displayed Ifthe programming failed Err flashes for three seconds e Programming cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving If you attempt to perform programming while the vehicle is moving PAIR DISABLE is display
415. r the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off e Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 51 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sou
416. r water gt Never deform or crush Replacing the transmitter battery 1 Unfold the key page 3 26 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and push the tab to remove the key from the transmitter 3 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter 3 31 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 5 Put in the new battery CR1620 or equivalent with the positive pole facing down 6 Align the front and back covers and snap the transmitter shut 7 Align the key with the transmitter as shown in the figure and insert the key until a click sound is heard CAUTION Insert the key into the transmitter securely until a click sound is heard If it is not inserted securely it could detach from the transmitter 3 32 V Service If you have a problem with the keyless entry system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your transmitter is lost or stolen bring all remaining transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment A WARNING Always take all children and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them
417. raction could result in an accident If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator a e 7 i 7 L New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread 9 33 Customer Information Tire Information U S A NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to The tire labeling on page 9 23 V Safety Practices The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking A CAUTION If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tire for damage If the t
418. ransaxle is not designed for towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels When doing recreational towing refer to Towing Description page 7 23 and Tiedown Hook page 7 24 and carefully follow the instructions Introduction Introduction viscees siesta bese Scheduled Maintenance Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule 0 0 cccccceesccceeseeeesneeeees Owner Maintenance Precautions ccccccesceesseceesneeeee Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico Scheduled Maintenance Mexico cccccsceescceseesseceteeenes Engine Compartment Overview cceeecesesseereeteeeeeeeees Engine Oil AEE EES hee ee Oe ae ee Engine Coolant eiorinn ieee aes Brake Clutch Fluid ssec Power Steering Fluid ce cceecceseeseeeeeetceeeeeeeeseeseeeeeaes Automatic Transaxle Fluid ATE o c ceccecsscssseesesseeseeeees Washer Fluidos re r en ea EE KE Si Body Lubrication ccccccceceeseesceeceeseeeeeeeeeeseeseeeeeeeesteaes Wiper Blades iiscci s 235354 8 oieri rian e ea BUSES 2 2 scvireheeiessicees de a a as Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage Exterior Care s isccisss0ess sic e haces E a EE Tnterior Caren aerian ri Asi ae hho Some models 8 1 Maintenance and Care Introduction Introduction Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage t
419. ransport Canada Defect Investigations and Recalls may telephone the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510 or contact Transport Canada by mail at Transport Canada ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa ON K1A ONS For additional road safety information please visit the Road Safety website at http www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm 9 43 Customer Information Service Publications Service Publications Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to the chart below If they do not have what you need in stock they can order it for you PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 9999 95 017B 11 2011 WORKSHOP MANUAL English 9999 MX 017B 11 2011 WORKSHOP MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 019G 11 2011 WIRING DIAGRAM English 9999 MX 019G 11 2011 WIRING DIAGRAM Spanish 9999 95 038C 11 U S A only 2011 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 038C 11 Canada only 2011 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR 038C 11 Puerto Rico Mexico only 2011 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 95 MODL 11 2011 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS 9999 95 038C 10NAV U S A only 2011 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 038C 10NAV Canada only 2011 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR 038C 10NAV Puerto Rico Mexico only 2011 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL Y WORKSHOP MANUAL
420. rclockwise Selects the beginning of the current file track Short press the track up button A or turn the file dial clockwise Selects the next file track Fast forward Reverse only AVRCP Ver 1 3 Fast forward Press and hold the track up button A Reverse Press and hold the track down button Y Switching the display only AVRCP Ver 1 3 The display can be switched between playback time album song title and artist name with each short press of the display button DISP during playback Playback time 4 Album title e Song title 4 Artist name 6 70 NOTE If title information is not available NO TITLE is displayed o If there are any undisplayable characters in the title is displayed Display scroll Only 12 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title short press the text button TEXT The display scrolls the next 12 characters Short press the text button TEXT again after the last 12 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title Bluetooth Hands Free Y What is Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Outline By connecting a Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle making and receiving calls are possible using the talk button pick up button and hang up button located on the steering wheel and saying the voi
421. re of the following issues Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable Parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your vehicle The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries 9 18 Customer Information Warranty Add On Non Genuine Parts and Accessories Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores These may fit your vehicle but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles When you install non genuine parts or accessories they could affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this Before you install any non genuine parts or accessories consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or accessories Installation of non genuine parts or accessories is dangerous Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident Be very careful in choosing and installing add on electrical equipment such as mobile telephones two way radios stereo systems and car alarm systems Incorrec
422. re to restore the functions of the advanced key page 3 21 The volume of the beep sound can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 NOTE The warning beep does not sound while the trunk is open The warning beep sounds after the trunk is closed V Auxiliary Key Removed Warning Beep If the auxiliary key is removed under the following conditions while it is in use and in the ACC or ON position the warning beep sounds three times e The advanced key is not in the vehicle e The battery for the advanced key is dead 3 24 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated Under the following conditions warning beeps are heard and a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle page 3 22 Warning How to check When a door is open a continuous beep sound will be heard Check whether the push button start has been switched off When a door is open 3 beep sounds are heard and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When a door is closed a beep sound is heard 6 times and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When locki
423. replay button Channel preset buttons Channel preset buttons Manual tuning dial Text Electronic Serial number button Information display All operations of the satellite radio are displayed on the Information display Channel number Channel name Category name Artist name Song title ID code Preset channel number Bank number Error signs Se ee ee eee AUTO M RPTRDM DISC IN par a EAN EOZ MODAL 6 34 NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures Increase the separation between the equipment and tuner Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the tuner is connected Co
424. restraint number on the dial increases When the seat warmers are not in use rotate the seat warmer dials to 0 2 12 Some models Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE A WARNING Use the seat warmer when the engine is gt Be careful when using the seat running and do not continue to use it for a warmer The heat from the seat long period of time warmer may be too hot for some people as indicated below and could cause a low temperature burn gt Infants small babies elderly people and physically challenged people gt People with delicate skin gt People who are excessively fatigued gt People who are intoxicated gt People who have taken sleep inducing medicine such as sleeping pills or cold medicine gt Do not use the seat warmer with anything having high moisture retention ability such as a blanket or cushion on the seat The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not use the seat warmer even when taking a short nap in the vehicle The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not place heavy objects with sharp projections on the seat or insert needles or pins into it This could cause the seat to become excessively heated and result in injury from a minor burn A CAUTION Do not use organic solvents to clean the seat It may damage the seat surface and the heater 2 13 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems
425. return to the beginning of the title NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 wma exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V Operating the Auxiliary jack You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Refer to Auxiliary Input page 6 59 6 54 Interior Comfort Audio System YW Error Indications If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause Solution Depending on the surrounding conditions ouch lange trees build Improve reception by moving away from possible ACQUIRING DE CET NY special obstructions If the error indication continues to display SIRIUS radio recep Bon consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer may be diminished or temporarily interrupted Satellite radio antenna Check the satellite radio antenna antenna cable and ANTENNA FAIL malfunction DLP antenna connector If the error indication continu
426. ront passenger s seat defeats the safety design of the system and will result in an increased chance of serious injury if the child restraint system goes forward without benefit of being tethered Place tether equipped child restraint systems where there are tether anchors Rear Seat Child Restraint System Installation Follow these instructions when using a child restraint system unless you are attaching a LATCH equipped child restraint system to the rear LATCH lower anchors Refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 38 NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully If you are not sure whether you have a LATCH system or tether check in the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions and follow them accordingly Depending on the type of child restraint system it may use LATCH system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes across the child s chest may recommend against using automatic locking mode 1 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 2 31 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 4 Door Raise the head restraint to the top locked position except center seat position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 10 NOTE 5 Door The rear outboard head restraints are non adjustable 3 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructio
427. ror light it will illuminate when you open the cover 6 94 Interior Lights V Illuminated Entry System When the illuminated entry system operates the overhead light switch is in the DOOR position turns on for e About 30 seconds after the driver s door is unlocked and the ignition key is removed without advanced key or the ignition is switched off with advanced key e About 15 seconds after all doors are closed With Advanced key About 5 seconds after all doors are closed when the advanced key is outside of the vehicle e About 15 seconds after the ignition is switched off LOCK and the ignition key removed without advanced key with all doors closed The light also turns off when e The ignition is switched ON and all doors are closed e The driver s door is locked NOTE Battery saver If any door is left opened the light turns off after about 30 minutes to save the battery The light turns on again when the ignition is switched ON or when any door is opened after all doors have been closed The operation of the illuminated entry system can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Vv Overhead Lights Y Map Lights Front The map lights are switched on or off by pressing the switches Switch Position Overhead Lights OFF Light off RRE Switch e Light is on when any door is open Position L
428. rrent system 3 61 Service Publications c eeee 9 44 Shopping Bag Hook eee 6 112 Spare Tire and Tool Storage 7 3 Specifications cceceeeeseeeeseeeees 10 4 Speedometer eeeeeesceeseeteeeeeeeeees 5 37 Starting the Engine cece 5 4 Steering Wheel eceeceeeeseereeees 3 64 HOM iranere naa 5 71 Storage Compartments e 6 110 Cargo securing loops 6 111 Center console ccceseeeee 6 110 Glove compartment 6 110 Overhead console 0 0 6 110 Rear coat hooks ecceeeees 6 112 Shopping bag hook 6 112 Sunshade ccecceeseesseeseeteeeeeeeesees 3 52 SUNVISOTS rcs iiek oie ee dE 6 94 T Tachometer ccceeceeseesseeeeeteeseeeneees 5 38 Temporary Spare Tire eee 8 39 Theft Deterrent System 06 3 61 Tiedown HOOK viene settle tenes 7 24 T Tire Information ccceeceseereeees 9 23 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 5 30 System error activation 5 34 Tire pressure monitoring system warning light eeeeeeeeerees 5 32 Tires and wheels c eeee 5 34 Tires Flat Tite ccs catai gid naieetis 7 3 Inflation pressure eceee 8 36 Replacement cece 8 38 Rotation 2 cescesicte nents 8 37 SNOW tires neeesser 4 10 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Specifications 0 0 0 ce
429. rs FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L 8 4 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first 4 Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be per
430. rting the engine using the auxiliary key If the engine cannot be started for reasons such as the advanced key battery is dead the engine can be started using the auxiliary key 1 Slide the auxiliary key out from the bottom of the advanced key 2 Use the auxiliary key to remove the key slot cover 3 15 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 3 Depress the clutch manual transaxle or brake pedal automatic transaxle until the ring around the key slot starts flashing 4 Insert the auxiliary key into the slot while it is flashing but DO NOT TURN THE AUXILIARY KEY IN THE SLOT A CAUTION After inserting the auxiliary key do not attempt to turn it in the key slot It could damage the vehicle or the auxiliary key Nn Press the push button start to start the engine NOTE Leave the auxiliary key in the key slot while the engine is running When leaving the vehicle remove the auxiliary key from the key slot and the vehicle To switch the ignition position insert the auxiliary key into the key slot and press the push button start without the brake automatic transaxle or clutch pedal manual transaxle depressed Turning off the engine 1 Stop the vehicle completely 3 16 2 Manual transaxle Shift into neutral Automatic transaxle Shift the shift lever to the P position 3 Press the push button start to turn off the engine A CAUTION When leaving
431. ry maintenance Battery cover A CAUTION gt Do not use a tool which applies excessive force such as a screwdriver or pliers If excessive force is applied to the clips they could be damaged To prevent damaging the battery cover remove install the battery cover using the following procedure Removing battery cover 1 Detach the clip facing the side of the vehicle first and pull it outward with your finger approx 4 mm 0 2 in Then lift the cover slightly to clear the lock Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Detach the clip facing the vehicle interior first and pull it outward with your finger approx 4 mm 0 2 in Then lift the cover slightly to clear the lock 8 33 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Pull out the battery cover being careful not to allow it to contact the cowl grille Battery cover Cowl grille Installing battery cover 1 Being careful not to contact the cowl grille insert the tabs on the one end of the battery cover into the holes of the battery tray and engage the tabs Cowl grille 8 34 2 Attach the clips on both sides of the battery cover To get the best service from a battery e Keep it securely mounted e Keep the top clean and dry e Keep terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a
432. s Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION gt The seat bottom power adjustment is operated by motors Avoid extended operation because excessive use can damage the motors gt To prevent the battery from running down avoid using the power adjustment when the engine is stopped The adjuster uses a large amount of electrical power gt Do not use the switch to make more than one adjustment at a time gt Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the front seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury V Seat Slide To slide the seat move the slide lifter switch on the outside of the seat to the front or back and hold it Release the switch at the desired position 2 5 Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with either front se
433. s 12 OUTLET 15A Accessory sockets 13 R WIPER 15A Rear wiper 14 CIGAR 15A Lighter 15 16 HEATER 10A Air conditioner 17 MIRROR 10A Power control mirror 18 ST SIG 10A Starter sig 19 8 58 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance FUSE DESCRIPTION RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT 20 AUDIO 7 5A Audio system 21 M DEF 7 5A Mirror defroster 22 AFS 7 5A Adaptive Front Lighting System 23 24 ENG 20A Engine control system 25 26 27 28 29 30 P WIND 25A Power window 31 32 F WIPER 25A Windshield wiper and washer 33 34 Some models 8 59 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application Environmental hazards however can harm the paint s protective properties if proper care is not taken Here are some examples of possible damage with tips on how to prevent them Y Etching Caused by Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout Occurrence Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids These acids can settle on a vehicle s finish As the water evaporates the acid becomes concentrated and can damage the
434. s 0 C 32 F Indicator light remains on even when system is off Air intake selector 12 Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions Recirculated air position indicator light illuminated Use this position when going through tunnels driving in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position indicator light turned off Use this position for normal conditions and defogging A WARNING Do not use the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather Using the lt gt position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident DUAL switch Use the DUAL switch to change the mode between the individual operation driver and passenger and interconnection modes Individual operation mode indicator light illuminated The set temperature can be controlled individually for the driver and front passenger Interconnection mode indicator light turned off The set temperature for the driver and front passenger is controlled simultaneously NOTE is displayed on the information display while in the individual operation mode Interior Comfort Climate Control System Windshield defroster switch Gy FRONT Press the switch to defrost the winds
435. s securely tightened to the bumper gt The front tiedown hook is designed only for lashing the vehicle during overseas transport Do not use the front tiedown hook for any other use such as transporting the vehicle on trucks or railway Type B 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet from the trunk page 7 3 2 Remove the cover NOTE Remove the front bumper cover completely and store it so as not to lose it 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench Lug wrench In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing 4 Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet A CAUTION gt If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying down the vehicle Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper gt The front tiedown hook is designed only for lashing the vehicle during overseas transport Do not use the front tiedown hook for any other use such as transporting the vehicle on trucks or railway 7 25 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing V Tiedown Hook Rear Tiedown hook 4 A CAUTION The rear tiedown hook is designed only for lashing the vehicle during overseas transport Do not use the rear tiedown hook for any other use such as transporting the vehicle on trucks or railway 7 26 Recreational Towing An example of recreational towing is towing your vehicle behind a motorhome The t
436. s smaller than a conventional tire so the ground clearance is reduced about 10 mm 0 4 in Do not use a tire chain on this tire because it will not fit properly Do not use your temporary spare tire on any other vehicle it has been designed only for your Mazda Use only one temporary spare tire on your vehicle at the same time gt With limited slip differential When using the temporary spare tire on the front axle replace it with a standard tire as soon as possible The size difference between the spare and the standard tire will cause the limited slip differential to malfunction NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 32 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire To remove the spare tire 4 Door 1 Remove the trunk mat 2 Turn the tire hold down bolt counterclockwise using the lug wrench 5 Door 1 Remove the trunk mat 7 7 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 2 For vehicles equipped with a sub woofer uncouple the connector Sa KK N Connector ee NOTE Extra strength may be required to uncouple the connector Be sure to squeeze the tab firmly 3 For vehicles equipped with a sub woofer loosen the hold down bolt and remove the woofer and spare tire 7 8 For vehicles not equipped
437. s will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous This causes overheated brakes resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident Avoid continuous application of the brakes Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected A CAUTION gt Do not drive with your foot held on the clutch pedal or brake pedal or hold the clutch pedal depressed halfway unnecessarily Doing so could result in the following gt The clutch and brake parts will wear out more quickly gt The brakes can overheat and adversely affect brake performance gt Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot Applying the brakes with the unaccustomed left foot could slow your reaction time to an emergency situation resulting in insufficient braking operation gt Wear shoes appropriate for driving in order to avoid your shoe contact
438. serted tray press the display button DISP The tray number will be displayed for 5 seconds Ejecting the CD Normal ejection 1 Press the CD eject button amp The disc number and DISC OUT will be displayed 2 Pull out the CD NOTE When the CD is ejected during play the next CD will be played automatically Interior Comfort Audio System Ejecting CDs from desired tray number 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 4 for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes 2 Press the channel preset button for the desired CD number for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard 3 Pull out the CD Multiple ejection 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 4 for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The DISC OUT display flashes 2 Press the CD eject button 4 again for less than 5 seconds after the beep sound is heard NOTE If the button is not pressed and about 5 seconds have elapsed while DISC OUT is flashing CDs are automatically ejected 3 Pull out the CD then the next CD will be ejected NOTE e CDs will be ejected starting with the one with the lowest number e All CDs in the tray will be ejected continuously e CDs can be ejected when the ignition is switched off Press and hold the CD eject button amp for about 2 seconds and all CDs will eject Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when
439. seseeceseeseeeeeeeseeeceeeetenes 2 26 Child Restraint System Installation Position o oo 2 30 Installing Child Restraint Systems cccecceeseeseeeeeteeteeseees 2 31 LATCH Child Restraint Systems 0 ccccesceeseeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 2 38 SRS Air Bag ssicsessosessecessosesssuscoaseasossecacesozecooossesoseasecasvoneseocasvseess 2 43 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions 2 43 Supplemental Restraint System Components 1 0 0 0 eee 2 48 How the SRS Air Bags Work cceceeeceeseesesteeeeeseeeeeeetenes 2 49 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria ceceeceeseeseeeteeteeeeeees 2 53 Limitations to SRS Air Bag cccecceseeseeeseeseeeeeeseeeeeeseeneeneees 2 54 Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System easly he tl areata ea 2 56 Monitoring and Maintenance 000 eeeeceeseeseeteeeeeseeeeeeetenes 2 61 Some models 2 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Front Seats Manually Operated Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driv
440. sosenedies age 3 47 pag ild safety A A SE E age 3 Child safety lock page 3 37 G Outside MiO 5 5 sc cdescvessecdeedavedsediasssstsstsv2eechsecesedesivcisa E a AEN REEERE E an age 3 64 pag OD I E A PEE E IEE DEE S PEA EA E A EA E page 8 35 JETA ao a E E AE page 8 42 1 8 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags SOAS sscdscccenssessscisicnssecccoseasesonbescseasesussensousecdueseasoevebonteucseasessenaessescess Front Seats Manually Operated Seats cccseeceeseseeteeteeees Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats ceceeseseeseeteeees Rear Seabick te ceisoeit wi nen eine eee tae a ts Head Restraints ices estes tenet iai aeeti aisi arasinda 2 10 Seat Warmer geht tatian diet arcu Noa cin tance 2 12 Seat Belt SYSteM iccccscessccscvensssceccssceasesossscesesesesensevinssbecvesteoteecnaess 2 14 Seat Belt Precautions aa duit es a aaea ete J 2 14 Seat Belt ccsiscte seeicdsicpedectivons staves diveesauiensd etnies 2 18 Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems 2 20 Seat Belt Extender c8 ain wanted aetna ie bares 2 23 Seat Belt Warning Light Beep cceceeceeseseeeeeeteeseeteeeeenes 2 24 Child Restraint tics c oscssecessesesseseccoscscessosseessseseveseacosteeestocesieveecoracess 2 26 Child Restraint Precautions 00 0 0 ccece
441. ssed in Hz units Increasing the sampling rate improves the sound quality but also increases the data size Bit rate Refers to the volume of data per second expressed in bps bits per second Generally the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an MP3 file the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries and therefore the better the sound quality Packet writing A general term for the method similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD R and similar ID3 Tag ID3 tag is a method for storing information related to the music in an MP3 file Information such as track artist and album name can be stored This content can be freely edited using ID3 editing function software VBR Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate While CBR Constant Bit Rate is generally used VBR varies the bit rate for audio compression according to compression conditions and this allows for compression with preference given to sound quality V Operating Tips for WMA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Windows Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries Interior Comfort Audio System Playable WMA file specification CD R a
442. stiniiiii 4 5 Exterior Care oneni iin 8 62 11 3 Index F Flasher Hazard warming eeeeee 5 71 Headlights 0 cceceeeeseseereeeees 5 59 Flat Tieci 7 3 Changing oneer nany 7 9 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Fluids Classification eceeeeeeseee 10 4 Owner maintenance 6 8 15 Rog Lights oisnean oi 5 65 Foot Brak a hereraa 5 5 Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats 2 4 Front Seats Manually Operated Seats 0 0 0 0 2 2 Fuel Filler lid and cap eeeeeeeeee 3 47 G te anno ana hearan me 5 38 Requirements ccceeseeeereeees 4 2 Tank capacity ssseessseeeseseseeseses 10 5 FUSES onorarea cen eectene sees 8 54 Panel description 0 c ceee 8 56 Replacement ceeeeeereeee 8 54 G GAUSS ra oiae RE ati 5 36 Glove Compartment ceee 6 110 H Hazard Warning Flasher 2 5 71 Hazardous Driving ecseeerees 4 8 H Headlights Controlan isane 5 59 Flashing o sscesivessertveccvescesee ctesits 5 62 High low beam cece 5 62 Leveling nin asa 5 62 On reminder sseeeeeeeereeeeeeeeee 5 62 Hood Release n se 3 49 Hofi meseiiee innri 5 71 I Ignition K ysneers nauenean 3 26 Switch oinen a n 5 2 Illuminated Entry System 6 94 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key eseeeeees 3 53 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key 006 3 57 Indicato
443. stry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 615 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKE11A 03 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMASK08 1067 3 20 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Auxiliary Key Function Use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key in the event of a dead transmitter battery or malfunction Removing the auxiliary key Pull out the auxiliary key from the advanced key Locking unlocking the doors The doors can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Locking Unlocking with Key page 3 33 Starting the engine The engine can be started with the auxiliary key refer to Starting the engine page 3 12 Advanced Key Suspend Function If an advanced key is left in the vehicle the functions of the adva
444. t is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illumination conditions This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates according to the following table The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction If this happens the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy 2 56 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision PASS AIRBAG If the front passenger weight sensors are normal the indicator light illum
445. t pretensioner systems will deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates 2 58 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight which could result in the unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury Increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions for example gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger s
446. t switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 17 3 33 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 27 Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob To lock any door from the inside press the door lock knob To unlock pull it outward This does not operate the other door locks 3 34 Some models To lock the front passenger door with the door lock knob from the outside press the door lock knob to the lock position and close the door This does not operate the other door locks NOTE When locking the doors this way be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle With advanced key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside Without advanced key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside if the key is in the ignition switch V Power Door Locks Vehicle lock out prevention With advanced key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out o
447. t system e Turning on the alarm e Locking unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move Radio waves from the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as pacemakers Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment ask the medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced key will affect the equipment NOTE The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 53 for information regarding keys and engine starting With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 61 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft The advanced keyless functions can be turned off Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 3 2 Some models Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Lock button Unlock button Trunk button 4 door Panic button Operation indicator light Au
448. t the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 8 45 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Front turn signal lights Front side marker lights Parking lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the left and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the right 8 46 3 Turn the center section of the plastic retainer counterclockwise and remove the retainers and partially peel back the mudguard Removal A CSC ge 0 gt Installation 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 5 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Fog lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Turn the screw counterclockwise and remove it and then partially peel back the mudguard 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your fi
449. tamper with the emission control system All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician gt Do not push start or pull start your vehicle NOTE Under U S federal law any modification to the original equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties In some states such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties NOTE While the engine is off the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the rear of the right side of the vehicle however this does not indicate an abnormality Your vehicle has a self checking device and it operates while the engine is off Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide A WARNING Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle Engine exhaust gas is dangerous This gas contains carbon monoxide CO which is colorless odorless and poisonous When inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area Running the engine inside an enclosed area such as a garage is dangerous Exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could easily enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Open the windows or adjust the
450. te in a on the pretensioner system moderate or greater frontal or near frontal Modifying the components or wiring of the pretensioner system including the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable which would prevent it from activating in an accident The occupants or repairers could be seriously injured Properly dispose of the pretensioner system Improper disposal of the pretensioner system or a vehicle with non deactivated pretensioners is dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury could result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of the pretensioner system or how to scrap a pretensioner equipped vehicle collision It will not activate in most rollovers side or rear impacts With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The pretensioner system for the front passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat e Some smoke non toxic gas will be released when the air bags and pretensioners deploy This does not indicate a fire This gas normally has no effect on occupants however those with sensitive skin may experience light skin irritation If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the front pretensioner system gets on the skin or in the eyes wash it off as soon as possible V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning
451. tect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy the driver seat slide position sensor and front passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection NOTE When an air bag deploys a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released Neither is likely to cause injury however the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction e Should you sell your Mazda we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them from the Owner s Manual is important 2 47 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System Components Driver Front passenger inflators and air bags Crash sensor and diagnostic module SAS unit Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems page 2 20 Front air bag sensor Side crash sensors Air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light page 2 51 Side and curtain inflators and air bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 56 Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 Front passenger seat weight sensor control module O Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches page 2 60 2 Driver seat slide position sensor page 2 56 NOTE are equipped only on models with th
452. tes when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off page 5 28 If the light stays on when the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction V AFS OFF Indicator Light The AFS OFF indicator light illuminates briefly when the ignition is switched ON and then turns off Pressing the AFS OFF switch cancels the AFS function and illuminates the indicator light AFS OFF The following conditions could indicate that the system is malfunctioning If one of the following conditions occurs consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer e The AFS OFF indicator light does not illuminate even though the ignition is switched ON e The AFS OFF indicator light flashes continuously NOTE Even if the AFS is not operating due to some malfunction the normal headlight function is still operable VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set Some models 5 55 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Lights On Indicator Light Black out meter z002 This indicator light ill
453. tgate are completely closed or another advanced key is left in the vehicle the auto lock function will not work Always make sure that all doors and the liftgate are closed and locked before leaving the vehicle e Auto re lock function After unlocking all doors and the liftgate by pressing the request switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door or the liftgate trunk lid is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the key slot The push button start is in any position except off Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Opening the Liftgate Trunk Lid A locked liftgate trunk lid can also be opened while the advanced key is being carried 5 Door Grasp the lower end of the liftgate press the electric liftgate opener on the liftgate and then raise the liftgate when the latch releases Electric liftgate opener NOTE When the liftgate is unlocked by pressing the electric liftgate opener button the liftgate raises slightly to allow it to be opened If the liftgate is not operated for a certain period of time after the electric liftgate opener button has been pressed the liftgate cannot be raised any more from its slightly raised position Press the electric liftgate opener button again
454. th have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors installed whenever tires or wheels are replaced When having a tire or wheel or both replaced the following types of tire pressure sensor installations are possible e The tire pressure sensor is removed from the old wheel and installed to the new one e The same tire pressure sensor is used with the same wheel Only the tire is replaced Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving e A new tire pressure sensor is installed to a new wheel NOTE The tire pressure sensor ID signal code must be registered when a new tire pressure sensor is purchased For purchase of a tire pressure sensor and registration of the tire pressure sensor ID signal code consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer When reinstalling a previously removed tire pressure sensor to a wheel replace the grommet seal between valve body sensor and wheel for the tire pressure sensor 5 35 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges O Speedometer ssie reie e E E E R page 5 37 Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector
455. th Hands Free When listening to the radio or SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press the seek switch up or down The radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored 1 6 Radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower channel whether programmed or not When playing a CD or BT audio Press up the seek switch to skip to the next track Press down the seek switch to repeat the current track Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to continuously switch the tracks up or down 6 58 Some models V Mute Switch Press the mute switch X once to mute audio press it again to resume audio output NOTE If the ignition is switched off with the audio muted the mute will be canceled Therefore when the engine is restarted the audio is not muted To mute the audio again press the mute switch X Without Bluetooth Hands Free AUX Mode Auxiliary input You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers A WARNING
456. th certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways Log on at www mazdaUSA com Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in the U S can be found here E mail click on Contact Us located on the Inside Mazda tab or at the bottom of the page at www mazdaUSA com By phone at 1 800 222 5500 9 2 Customer Information Customer Assistance By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s If you live outside the U S A please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor V STEP 3 Contact Better Business Bureau BBB Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not be possible As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered Mazda North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settl
457. that are dirty or too stiff Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used NOTE Mazda is not responsible for scratches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes To minimize scratches on the vehicle s paint finish e e e Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth when washing the vehicle Do not use a nylon cloth Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives CAUTION Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may damage the protective coating also cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint Pay special attention to removing salt dirt mud and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles Thoroughly rinse off all soap with luk
458. the driver s seat If the vehicle is started and driven away while the advanced key is not in the vehicle the vehicle will not restart after it is turned off and the ignition is switched off e Ifthe advanced key is detected within operational range the operation indicator light on the transmitter flashes momentarily Locking Unlocking with Request Switch All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by pressing the request switch on the front doors or the liftgate while the advanced key is being carried Front doors Liftgate Lock only To lock To lock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed When the doors are locked by pressing the request switch on the front doors while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 61 3 9 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System To unlock Driver
459. the advanced key Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight Place heavy objects on the advanced key Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key Battery life is about one year Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine otherwise you will not be able to start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the battery is completely dead Refer to KEY warning light red on page 5 52 If this occurs you will have to either force start the engine or use the auxiliary key Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3 23 e Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 6 advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle 3 4 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Vv Advanced Key Maintenance Replacing the battery at an Authorized Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent A CAUTION damage to the advanced key If replacing gt Make sure the battery is installed ecto Dee follow the with the correct pole facing geen eee upward Battery leakage could Replacing the advanced key battery occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to bend the electrical terminals o
460. the speed will continue increasing while the switch is pressed up and continue decreasing while it is pressed down except when the accelerator pedal is depressed Ona steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down while ascending or speed up while descending e Cruise control will turn off if the vehicle speed decreases below 27 km h 17 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade Type B 1 Activate the cruise control system by pressing the CRUISE ON switch 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 32 km h 20 mph 3 Set the cruise control by pressing the SET or SET switch at the desired speed The cruise control is set at the moment the SET or SET switch is pressed Release the accelerator pedal simultaneously NOTE e Release the SET or SET switch at the desired speed otherwise the speed will continue increasing while the SET switch is pressed and held and continue decreasing while the SET switch is pressed and held except when the accelerator pedal is depressed e Ona steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down while ascending or speed up while descending e Cruise control will turn off if the vehicle speed decreases below 27 km h 17 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade YW To Increase Cruising Speed Follow either of these procedures To increase speed using cruise control switch Type A Press u
461. the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 6 28 Audio control dial Audio sound adjustment 1 Press the audio control dial to select the function The selected function will be indicated Standard audio equipped model ALC OFF BASS TREE FADE BAL BEEP OW ILLM EFT OH Welcome OH BT SETUP Bose Sound System equipped model AudioPLT OFF CEMTERPT OFF BASS TREB FADE BAL BEEF ON ILLF EFT OH Welcome OH BT SETUP 2 Interior Comfort Audio System Depending on the mode selected the indication changes 2 Depending on the model this function may not be available 2 Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows Standard audio equipped model Indication Turn Left Turn Right ALC Select mode E A SG z Eo Bier D I TREB eis oto Shift the Shift the F A E E sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left right E E E F off on ILLM EFT Welcome of on BT 5 E T B F Select mode 6 29 Interior Comfort Audio System Bose Sound System equipped model Indication Turn Left Turn Right Sele
462. ting the link to a Bluetooth audio device 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing delete mode PAIR DELETE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode 3 The name of the first device among the programmed devices is displayed 4 Rotate the audio control dial and select the name of the programmed device you would like to delete Device name 1 Device name 2 Device name 3 WV 4 Device name 4 vs Device name 5 y Device name 6 y Device name 7 v4 CO BACK lt NOTE Only the names of programmed devices can be displayed If only one device is programmed only the name for this device is displayed 6 68 5 Ifa selection other than GO BACK is made and the audio control dial is pressed SURE NO is displayed 6 Rotate the audio control dial clockwise and switch the display to SURE YES NOTE The display changes as follows depending on whether the audio control dial is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise Clockwise SURE YES displayed Counterclockwise SURE NO displayed 7 Press the audio control dial to delete the selected device PAIR DELETE flashes NOTE Select GO BACK and press the audio control dial to return to the PAIR DELETE display 8
463. tion Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Mexico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps Y STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue e If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER e If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP2 Y STEP 2 Contact Mazda Motor de Mexico If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management and it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda Motor de Mexico by one of the following ways Log on at www MazdaMexico com mx Answers to many
464. tly choosing or installing improper add on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous Essential systems could be damaged causing engine stalling air bag SRS activation ABS TCS DSC inactivation or a fire in the vehicle Mazda assumes no responsibility for death injury or expenses that may result from the installation of add on non genuine parts or accessories 9 19 Customer Information Cell Phones Cell Phones Warning A WARNING Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in vehicles in your State or Province Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones computers portable radios vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident If a passenger is unable to use the device pull off the right of way to a safe area before use If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and instead concentrate on the full time job of driving 9 20 Customer Information Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS This information relates to the tire
465. to page 6 84 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Call command and the voice tag can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Call John s phone then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped V Redialing Function Redialing the number of the person previously dialed using the phone is possible 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Vv Emergency Calls A call can be made to the emergency phone number 911 using the voice input command 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Emergency 3 Prompt Dialing 911 is this correct 6 81 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Dialing V Refusing an Incoming Call For incoming call refusal refer to Receiving an incoming call page 6 79 Vv Mute The microphone can be muted during a call 1 Press the talk button with a short
466. to sound the horn Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 3 18 NOTE A beep sound can be heard for confirmation when the doors are locked using the advanced keyless transmitter If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off The volume of the beep sound can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter while the thefi deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Refer to the theft deterrent system on page 3 61 NOTE All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open e Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button A beep will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard Knowing Your Mazda
467. to the hot or warm position when defogging ww position Using the position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident NOTE Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly V Sunlight Temperature Sensor The fully automatic air conditioner function measures inside and outside temperatures and sunlight It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct either sensor otherwise the automatic air conditioner will not operate properly Sunlight sensor ic AX SER Interior temperature sensor J MoO Interior Comfort Climate Control System 6 15 Interior Comfort Audio System Antenna 4 Door AM FM Radio Antenna The antenna is printed onto the window glass CAUTION When washing the inside of the window which has an antenna use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the antenna Satellite Radio Antenna The satellite radio antenna receives SIRIUS signals Antenna 5 Door To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise Make sure the antenna is securely installed
468. tomatic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement Even if the pretensioners have not fired the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer after any collision 2 20 A WARNING Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner s manual Incorrect positioning of the driver and front passenger seat belts is dangerous Without proper positioning the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury For more details about wearing seat belts refer to Fastening the seat belts page 2 18 Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not modify the components or NOTE wiring or use electronic testing devices The pretensioner system will activa
469. ton SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Interior Comfort Audio System Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback 6 47 Interior Comfort Audio System During MP3 WMA CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM
470. ton start Ignition positions Each time the push button start is pressed the ignition switches in the order of off ACC and ON Pressing the push button start again from ON switches the ignition off Indicator light ON Indicator light ACC LIT pee OY cD START STOP ENGINE Indicator light 3 12 NOTE The order in which the ignition is switched can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 The engine starts by pressing the push button start while depressing the clutch pedal manual transaxle or the brake pedal automatic transaxle To switch the ignition position press the push button start without depressing the pedal Do not leave the ignition switched ON while the engine is not running Doing so could result in the battery going dead If the ignition is left in ACC For automatic transaxle the shift lever is in the P position and the ignition is in ACC the ignition switches off automatically after one hour The setting can be changed to not switch the ignition off automatically Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 off The power supply to electrical devices turns off and the push button start indicator lights ACC and ON also turn off Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition off set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P automatic tr
471. tor switch AIC switch Rear window defroster switch Air intake selector 6 10 Some models V Control Switches AUTO switch F PUSH AUTO ON D t By pressing the AUTO switch the following functions will be automatically controlled in accordance with the selected set temperature e Airflow temperature e Amount of airflow e Selection of airflow mode e Outside Recirculated air selection e Air conditioner operation NOTE AUTO switch indicator light When on it indicates AUTO operation and the system will function automatically Ifany of the following dials or switches are operated while in AUTO control the AUTO switch indicator turns off e Mode selector switch Fan control dial Windshield defroster switch The functions for dials and switches other than those operated in the above continue to operate in AUTO control OFF switch Interior Comfort Climate Control System Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the climate control system Temperature control dial F PUSH AUTO ON This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold e When the DUAL switch is off Turn the driver temperature control dial to control the temperature e When the DUAL switch is on Turn the driver or front passenger temperature control dial to control the temperature NOTE The system changes to the individual operation mode DUAL switch indicator light il
472. training 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disabled Would you like to disable enable or retrain 4 Say Beep Retrain 5 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hangup button to cancel at any time 6 Press the talk button with a short press Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free 7 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 8 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 9 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button with a short press Voice input command list for voice recognition learning When reading out the following points must be observed e Read out the numbers one at a time correctly and naturally For example 1234 must be read out one two three four not twelve thirty four e Do not read out parentheses and hyphens are used for separating numbers in a phone number Ex 888 555 1212
473. traint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers Anchor bracket location 4 Door Tether strap position 4 Door Tether strap SS Anchor bracket 2 39 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Anchor bracket location 5 Door Tether strap position 5 Door Tether strap 2 40 A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child Y LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Rear Center Seat The LATCH lower anchors at the center of the rear seat are much further apart than the sets of LATCH lower anchors for
474. trols cssscsssssssssssecsscessceesssssssesscsesesesesees Lighting Control osc e csecchesess ch sree cdicievsivens eoansesestevetiancescoaneas Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 ccccesseseseeseeeeeeeeseeeeees Fos Lishe aeina e eaten tn iy cake meneame a Ldn Windshield Wipers and Washer ccccesseeseeeseeeeseeeneeeeees Rear Window Wiper and Washer 5 Door ceceeseeeeeees Rear Window Defroster c cecccecceseesceeeeeeeeseeesenseeeeeeeeseeees Some models 5 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Ignition Switch With advanced key Refer to Starting the engine page 3 12 for information on how to use the ignition switch V Ignition Switch Positions Without Advanced Key The engraved mark LOCK indicated in the illustration may differ from that indicated on the actual vehicle it may read OFF OFF LOCK The power supply to electrical devices is turned off Only in this position can the key be removed Manual transaxle To switch the ignition from ACC to OFF LOCK push the button when the key is at the ACC position then turn the key to the OFF LOCK position e ON ACC LOCK Push the button Button Automatic transaxle To switch the ignition from ACC to OFF LOCK the shift lever must be in the P position ae ACC LOCK Shift lever engaged in P park A WARNING Remove the key only when the vehicle is parked with st
475. ts Lee Front turn signal 27 8 7444NA side marker Xenon fusion bulb lights Front side marker lights Parking Without daytime ghts lights running lights ae Parking lights 3 W5W 4CP Fov lishts Except 2 3 liter turbocharged engine 51 HB4 9006 og lights ER 2 3 liter turbocharged engine 55 H11 H11 Side turn signal lights Integrated with outside mirrors j LED 4 Door 21 W21W 1120 High mount brake Bulb type 18 WI6W 921 light 5 Door I LED type LED Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W 32CP Brake Bulb type 21 5 W21 5W 7443 lights Taillights LED type LED Reverse lights 21 W21W 7440 License plate lights 5 WSW Rear side marker lights LED LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode Interior light Category Light bulb heey a Wattage ECER Trunk light 4 Door 3 Luggage compartment light 5 Door 5 Overhead light Map lights Front 8 Overhead light Rear 10 Vanity mirror lights 2 10 10 Some models YW Tires NOTE Specifications The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle When replacing tires Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to your vehicle For details contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8 36 Standard tire Except 2 3 liter
476. ture may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off e Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 33 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 9
477. u set are displayed not the initial values Even if the battery is disconnected the remaining distance and days information is not erased If the multi information display is replaced or repaired there is the possibility that the remaining distance and days information may be erased Method for turning the system off The maintenance monitor can be turned off even after it has been turned on If you want to turn it off the remaining distance and days calculation to the next maintenance period is stopped and a message does not display to indicate an approaching maintenance period 1 Press the INFO switch until the SETTINGS screen is displayed 2 Select MAINTENANCE by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 3 Select the item you want to turn off TIRE ROTATION or SERVICE DUE by pressing the Enter up down switch up or down and then press the Enter up down switch 78 F 14 84AM TIRE ROTATION REMAINING 7500 miles 4 Select OFF and press the Enter up down switch Ta F 14 BRAN TIRE ROTATION SET V Warning Indicator The following warning indicators are displayed according to necessity Warning indicators are displayed regardless of the multi information display operation e DOOR OPEN including trunk and the liftgate e TIGHTEN FUEL CAP Displayed when the check fuel cap warning light illuminates in the instrument cluster e C
478. uch as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers California Customers 1 Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE a mediation arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus 4200 Wilson Boulevard Arlington Virginia 22203 through local Better Business Bureaus BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty we encourage you to bring it to our attention If we are unable to resolve it you may file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six 6 months after the expiration of the warranty To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE call 1 800 955 5100 There is no charge for the call In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE you will have to provide your name and address the brand name and vehicle identification number VIN of your vehicle and a statement of the nature of your problem or complaint You will also be asked to provide the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle the vehicle s current mileage the approximate date and mileage at the time any problem s were first brought to the attention of Mazda or one of our dealers and a statement of the relief you are seeking BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve
479. uggage Compartment Light DOOR e Light is on or off when the f illuminated entry system is on OFF Light off ON Light on ON Light on when the liftgate is open 6 95 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Information Display Without multi Audio display information display ITI BaN G7 gt mma e749 wae Ambient temperature display Climate control display Hands free display With multi Audio display information RPTRDI display DISC IN T Saari GV Mamia paren bi 7 Clock adjustment buttons V Information Display Functions The information display has the following functions e Clock e Ambient Temperature Display Outside Temperature Display e Climate Control Display e Audio Display Bluetooth Hands Free Display Refer to Bluetooth Hands Free on page 6 71 6 96 Some models VY Clock When the ignition is switched to ACC or ON the time is displayed p l Du L I L Time setting 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Adjust the time using the time setting buttons H M The hours advance while the time setting button H is pressed The minutes advance while the time setting button M is pressed Time resetting 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the 00 button 3 When the button is pressed the time will be reset as follows Example 12 01 12 29 12 00 12 30 12 59 1 00 NOTE When the butto
480. uiet a place as possible page 6 73 The registration must be performed completely The required time is a few minutes The user needs to be seated in the driver s seat with the voice input command list for voice recognition learning open to the page indicated below When voice recognition learning is done for the first time 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hangup button to cancel at any time 4 Press the talk button with a short press 5 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 6 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 7 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete returning to main menu NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button with a short press Voice recognition re learning If voice recognition learning has already been done 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice
481. uminates when the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are on YV Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light K This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If the light remains illuminated after the engine is started or illuminates while driving turn off the engine after parking in a safe place and then start the engine again If the light does not illuminate after restarting the engine this indicates that the power steering is restored and normal steering is possible If the light remains illuminated the power steering is still inoperable Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 56 NOTE The power steering system is inoperable when the power steering malfunction indicator light illuminates Steering is possible but requires more physical effort Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left and right while the vehicle is stopped or moving extremely slowly will cause the power steering system to go into protective mode which will make the steering feel heavy but this does not indicate a malfunction If this occurs park the vehicle safely and wait a few minutes for the system to return to normal YV Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights q When operating the turn signal lights the left or right turn signal indicator light flashes to indicate which turn signal light is operating page 5 64 When operating the hazard warnin
482. unning Lights 5 64 Defroster Mior eenas ease ease 5 70 Rear Window csseseeseeteereees 5 70 Dimensions cccceceeseeeeeteeseeeeeeees 10 5 Door Locks 5 e032 eke 3 33 Driving In Flooded Area 4 11 Driving on Uneven Road 0 4 13 Index D Driving Tips sirrien tan 4 7 Automatic transaxle 0 5 19 Break in period ceseeceereeees 4 7 Driving in flooded area 4 11 Driving on uneven road 4 13 Hazardous driving cceceeee 4 8 Money saving suggestions 4 7 Rocking the vehicle e ee 4 9 Turbocharged vehicles 4 14 Winter driving cceeeeseeeeeeees 4 9 Dynamic Stability Control DSC 5 27 DSC OFF indicator light 5 28 DSC OFF switch eee 5 28 TCS DSC indicator light 5 28 E Emergency Starting 0 0 0 0 7 17 Flooded engine eceeeeee 7 17 Jump starting eee 7 18 Push starting c eee 7 22 Emergency Towing ccceseceees 7 23 Emission Control System 06 4 4 Engine Goolani eiio isinyi 8 21 Exhaust gas cceceecesseeseeseeeeeeees 4 5 Hood release n se 3 49 E T EEEE A E TE A T EE EA 8 18 Overheating s sseesseeseeseseeseeses 7 15 Startin gsis ioisicieinriis iier 5 4 Engine Compartment Overview 8 17 Engine Coolant Overheating ssesseeseseeseesseesee sese 7 15 Exhaust Gas sisoriniie
483. up with tether anchors Likewise the LATCH child restraint system cannot be secured in the front passenger s seat and should be used in the rear seat Do not allow anyone to sleep against the side window if you have an optional side and curtain air bag it could cause serious injuries to an out of position occupant As children more often sleep in cars it is better to put them in the rear seat If installing the child restraint system on the front seat is unavoidable follow these instructions when using a front facing child restraint system in the front passenger s seat NOTE e To check if your front seats have side air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag will have a SRS AIRBAG tag on the outboard shoulder of the front seats To check if your vehicle has curtain air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air bag will have an SRS AIRBAG marking on the window pillars along the roof edge A WARNING Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible if installing a front facing child restraint system on it is unavoidable As your vehicle has front air bags and doubly so if your vehicle has side air bags a front facing child restraint system should be put on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the seat as far back as possible because the force of a deploying air bag could cause
484. ur Mazda Doors and Locks To close to the desired position press the front of the slide switch or pull the tilt switch Power Moonroof Re set Procedure If the battery is disconnected the moonroof may not operate correctly The moonroof will not operate correctly until it is re set Carry out the following procedure to re set the moonroof and resume operation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Press the tilt switch while the rear of the moonroof tilts open to the fully open position The moonroof then closes a little NOTE If the re set procedure is performed while the moonroof is in the slide position partially open it closes before the rear tilts opens 3 51 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Y Sunshade The sunshade can be opened and closed by hand The sunshade opens automatically when the moonroof is opened but must be closed by hand Sunshade A CAUTION gt The sunshade does not tilt To avoid damaging the sunshade do not push up on it gt Do not close the sunshade while the moonroof is opening Trying to force the sunshade closed could damage it Immobilizer System with Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with an advanced key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized advanced key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the
485. ur Mazda Starting and Driving V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Brake system warning Illuminates when there is a malfunction in the brake switch Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 23 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 8 Some models Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated AWARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Aut
486. ure If the light illuminates while driving 1 Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way on level ground 2 Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 3 Inspect the engine oil level page 8 20 If it s low add the appropriate amount of engine oil while being careful not to overfill 4 Start the engine and check the warning light If the light remains illuminated even after you add oil stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Do not run the engine if the oil pressure is low It could result in extensive engine damage 5 45 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Check Engine Light cy This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases e The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty e The engine s electrical system has a problem e The emission control system has a problem The fuel filler cap is missing or not tightened securely If the check engine light remains on or flashes continuously do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authoriz
487. urely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 2 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 2 41 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 3 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Pull on the child restraint to be sure both anchors are engaged 4 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers Anchor bracket location 4 Door NS Anchor bracket 2 42 Anchor bracket position 5 Door Tether strap Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags The front and side supplemental restraint systems SRS include 6 air bags Please verify the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the SRS AIRBAG location indicators These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed The air bags are installed in the following locations The steering wheel hub driver air bag The front passenger dashboard front passenger
488. ury After returning the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place Essential Safety Equipment Seats Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury Never give the car keys to children and do not allow them to play in the vehicle 4 Door Playing with the folding rear seats is dangerous The folding rear seatbacks cannot be folded down from inside the trunk Once the seatbacks are back up a child in the trunk would not be able to get out the way they had entered If you have small children keep the seatbacks locked Essential Safety Equipment Seats Always leave your car locked and keep the car keys safely away from children Leaving your car unlocked or the keys in reach of children is dangerous Children who find their way into the trunk through an unlocked rear seatback or an open trunk can become accidentally locked in the tru
489. ut eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Do not allow the positive terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries When working near a battery do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery 7 18 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operat
490. ve the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD e When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump S Interior Comfort Audio System e The CD player In dash CD changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown below No other discs can be played COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO Recordable ReWritable COMPACT WEE Wise Hse TEXT EEEE ReWritable Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system may not operate properly Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side without a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge 6 21 Interior Comfort Audio System e Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also
491. ver s window I Auto opening closing To fully open the window automatically press the switch completely down then release The window will fully open automatically To fully close the window automatically pull the switch completely up then release The window will fully close automatically To stop the window partway pull or press the switch in the opposite direction and then release it Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE If the battery was disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons such as a switch continues to be operated after the window is fully open close the window will not fully open and close automatically Carry out the following procedure to resume operation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Press the switch and fully open the window 3 Pull up the switch to fully close the window and continue holding the switch for about 2 seconds after the window fully closes Jam safe window If a person s hands head or an object blocks the window during the auto closing operation the window will stop and open halfway A WARNING Make sure nothing blocks the window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while holding up the power window switch Blocking the power window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while holding up the power window switch is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the window from closing all the way I
492. very 96 000 km 60 000 miles Others Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights 8 6 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 Exhaust system and heat shields 1000 miles 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges LI LI LY LyILI L ILyLY _LYILye Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks
493. w a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system V Front Passenger s Seat Child Restraint System Installation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Slide the seat as far back as possible 2 35 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Place the child restraint system on the seat without putting your weight on the seat and fasten the seat belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat the previous step and also this one NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the typ
494. wer or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine is probably too hot A WARNING as 3 Turn off the ignition switch and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i wy Y Do not remove the cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous The escaping steam could seriously burn you If the High engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right of way In Case of an Emergency Overheating 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transaxle in park P a manual transaxle in neutral 3 Apply the parking brake 4 Turn off the air conditioner 5 Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or from the engine compartment If steam is coming from the engine compartment Do not go near the front of the vehicle Stop the engine Wait until the steam dissipates then open the hood and start the engine I
495. what to do in an emergency Parking in an Emergency cscssccscsssesscsscssscsscssssssesssseseeseres 7 2 Parking in an Emergency ccccccccceseesceeeeeeeeseeeceseeseeeeeeaeenees 7 2 Flat Tite ecsvscesecsccvscecteticcvecsccsecsveesouncasvecstesedssvecssbisecsessacusesvcseescostes 7 3 Spare Tire and Tool Storage cccescessesseseeeeseeeeeeseeeeeeteeneees 7 3 Changing a Flat Tire wi ravicuicetecintidaid caine 7 9 Overheating csccsccssccssccsccssrsssssssesscsssssssessssssenssssssesscssesees 7 15 Overheating 2 2 4 255 a EN a 7 15 Emergency Starting sccscsscsssssscssssssserscsssssssssesssssssssssessenes Starting a Flooded Engine 0 ee eeesseeeeeneeseeseeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeees JUMP Startin gy secerneren i Push s tating scs lp eee ee eee Emergency Towing s sccsscscssssssccsscssscsscssssssssssssssssssssessenes Towing Description siccin iii Tiedown Hook 54 85 iea aa e aa hee Recreational Towing cceccesceseeseeseeeeeeeseeseeeeeseceeeeseeseeneees 7 1 In Case of an Emergency Parking in an Emergency Parking in an Emergency The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Hazard warning flasher Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE T
496. wheel hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires When changing or replacing a tire not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and hub bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident 2 Mount the spare tire 3 Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge inward tighten them by hand A WARNING Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In addition lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary 4 Turn the jack handle counterclockwise and lower the vehicle Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire If you are unsure of how tight the nuts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Nut tightening torque N m kgfm ftlbf 88 118 9 12 65 87 A WARNING Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous The wheel could wobble or come off This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you removed or replace them with
497. which signal is working Lane change signals Move the lever slightly toward the direction of the change until the indicator flashes and hold it there It will return to the off position when released NOTE Ifan indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out A personalized function is available to change the turn indicator sound volume Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 12 Fog Lights Use this switch to turn on the fog lights They help you to see as well as to be seen To turn the fog lights on rotate the fog light switch to the 40 position The headlight switch must be in the 2D position before turning on the fog lights Fog light switch To turn them off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the headlight switch to the 2002 or OFF position NOTE The fog lights will turn off when the headlights are set at high beam With auto light control If the fog light switch is in the ON position and the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the fog lights will be turned on when the headlights the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are automatically turned on Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Windshield Wipers and AWTS ITO a The ignition must be switched ON A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifre
498. wise for cold 6 6 Some models This dial allows variable fan speeds 0 Fan off 1 Low speed 2 Medium low speed 3 Medium high speed 4 High speed Mode selector dial Turn the mode selector dial to select airflow mode page 6 4 NOTE The mode selector dial can be set at the intermediate positions between each mode Set the dial to an intermediate position if you want to slightly adjust the airflow amount e For example when the mode selector dial is at the position between the 74 and 74 positions airflow from the floor vent is less than that of the 74 position A C switch I A C T Press the A C switch to turn the air conditioner on The indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the fan control dial is set at position 1 2 3 or 4 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Press the switch once again to turn the air conditioner off NOTE The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Air intake selector Ka This switch controls the source of air entering the vehicle Press the lt amp switch to alternate between the outside air and recirculated air modes It is recommended that under normal conditions the switch be kept in the outside air mode Outside air mode indicator light turned off Outside air is taken into the vehicle Use this mode for normal ventilation and heating
499. witch is released the washer will stop If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 26 If it s normal and the washer still does not work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 69 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Rear Window Defroster The rear window defroster clears frost fog and thin ice from the rear window The ignition must be switched ON Press the switch to turn on the rear window defroster The rear window defroster operates for about 15 minutes and turns off automatically The indicator light illuminates during operation To turn off the rear window defroster before the 15 minutes has elapsed press the switch again Fully Automatic Type Air Conditioning Indicator light 5 70 Some models Manual Type Air Conditioning Indicator light cs a Z L CAUTION Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface They may damage the defroster grid inside the window NOTE This defroster is not designed for melting snow If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window remove it before using the defroster V Mirror Defroster To turn on the mirror defrosters switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defroster switch page 5 70 Horn To sound the horn press the be mark on the steering wheel Drivi
500. witched ON The warning light will not illuminate and the beep sound will not be heard V Belt Minder NOTE Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate or restore the belt minder Though the belt minder can be deactivated doing so will defeat the purpose of the system to warn the driver and the front passenger in the event that their seat belts are not fastened For the safety of the driver and front passenger Mazda recommends not deactivating the belt minder Driver seated F ront passenger not seated The belt minder is a supplemental warning to the seat belt warning function If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON the warning light beep operates to give you further reminders according to the chart below 1 The belt minder operates according to the chart below even if the front passenger is seated Without Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Vehicle speed Between 0 20 20 km h km h 12 mph or 0 12 mph more Condition Seat belt Driver O x O Indicator A O Fastened X Unfastened A Illuminated amp Flashing d Beep Once the beep sound is heard it continues sounding even if the vehicle speed lowers to 20 km h 12 mph or less until the seatbelt is fastened or the beep sound period has passed Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Driver seated Front pass
501. with a sub woofer loosen the hold down bolt and remove the spare tire To secure the spare tire Perform the removal procedure in reverse Secure the spare tire using the hold down bolt and tire clamp in the correct position as illustrated NOTE 5 Door When storing a conventional tire in a vehicle equipped with a sub woofer you cannot connect the connector on the trunk board Without sub woofer Tire hold down bolt Tire clamp SEW In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire With sub woofer Changing a Flat Tire NOTE j Tire hold down bolt If the following occurs while driving it could Sub woofer indicate a flat tire e Steering becomes difficult The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively The vehicle pulls in one direction If you have a flat tire drive slowly to a level spot that is well off the road and out of the way of traffic to change the tire Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a busy road is dangerous A WARNING Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire and never get under a vehicle that is supported only by a jack Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly The vehicle can slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jack Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury A CAUTION With
502. wo colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Activation Deactivation To activate the system press the ON switch To deactivate the system press the OFF switch Type A Type B Some models 5 21 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Always turn off the cruise control system when it is not in use Leaving the cruise control system in an activation ready state while the cruise control is not in use is dangerous as the cruise control could unexpectedly activate if the activation button is accidentally pressed and result in loss of vehicle control and an accident V To Set Speed Type A 1 Activate the cruise control system by pressing the ON switch 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 32 km h 20 mph 3 Set the cruise control by pressing the cruise control SET SET switch up or down at the desired speed The cruise control is set at the moment the cruise control SET SET switch is pressed up or down Release the accelerator pedal simultaneously Cruise control switch 5 22 NOTE e Release the cruise control switch at the desired speed otherwise
503. xiliary key oO Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready 3 3 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System CAUTION gt Because the advanced key uses low intensity radio waves it may not function correctly under the following conditions gt gt gt gt gt gt The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell phones Non Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas stations gt The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high intensity radio waves Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as televisions or personal computers gt To avoid damage to the advanced key DO NOT VVVV VV Vv NOTE Drop the advanced key Get the advanced key wet Disassemble
504. y repurchase or replacement of your vehicle and compensation for damages and remedies available under Mazda s written warranty or applicable law The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE punitive or multiple damages attorneys fees or consequential damages other than as provided in California Civil Code Section 1794 a and b 9 5 Customer Information Customer Assistance 10 You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator If you reject the decision you will be free to pursue further legal action The arbitrator s decision and any findings will be admissible in a court action 11 If you accept the arbitrator s decision Mazda will be bound by the decision and will comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we receive notice of your acceptance of the decision 12 Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 for further details about the program 9 6 Customer Information Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Canada VW Satisfaction Review Process Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda All Authorized Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition In our experience any questions problems or complaints regarding the operation of your Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your dealer If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot a
505. your dispute through mediation If mediation is not successful or if you do not wish to participate in mediation claims within the program s jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal hearing The arbitrator s decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the time your complaint is filed there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact Mazda about your problem or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an inspection report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by BBB AUTO LINE 9 4 6 oo Customer Information Customer Assistance You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 or Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if Mazda or its representative is unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts Mazda may be required to replace or repurchase the vehicle California Civil Code Se
506. ystem gt Don t use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze This would reduce effectiveness 8 22 NOTE If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap it is recommended to use Mazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant page 8 3 If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Brake Clutch Fluid V Inspecting Brake Clutch Fluid Level The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the same reservoir Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir regularly It should be kept at MAX The level normally drops with accumulated distance a condition associated with wear of brake and clutch linings If it is excessively low have the brake clutch system inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Adding Brake Clutch Fluid A WARNING Be careful not to spill brake fluid on yourself or on the engine Spilled brake fluid is dangerous If it gets in your eyes they could be seriously injured If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water and get medical attention Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine could cause a fire If the brake clutch fluid level is low have the brakes and clutch inspected Low brake clutch fluid levels are dangerous Low levels could signal brake lining wear or a brake system leak Your brakes could fail and cause an accident If the fluid level is low
507. zda Explanation of instruments and controls Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Customer Information DE Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Specifications 10 Technical information about your Mazda Index 11 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Interior OVEN VICW siscscssssencensacesscenscseasesvasteusceacestgeesoncenseseseeedsdsoascese 1 2 Interior Equipment View A ccecceeseceseeseeeseeeeseeeeeneeneeeseenes 1 2 Interior Equipment View B eeceesceeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeenes 1 3 Interior Equipment View C cceceeccescessesseesseeeeseeeteeneeneeeeenes 1 4 Exterior Overview cccsccccsssccssssccessscccssscscsssscccssssssssessssssesosssnes 1 5 Front 4 DOO eaer ene E EE AE A a ege 1 5 Rear 4 Door cinite a aari let ap aa 1 6 JD Lona EE D 1o10 d A EATE TARERE 1 7 Rear 5 DOT soreriesniicsciiiicicseciii niini iiai 1 8 1 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View A OQ 7 ii 6 7 Zz Za CP Door loCk AOD wiesie ses o sielees eects thee aetna nk Mh vie bed Ba ote RS page 3 34 Power door lock Switch

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Graphisme et TeX dans l`environnement Macintosh  Samsung HT-Z120T Наръчник за потребителя  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file